( 4 ) A 2G American Fern Iournal Published by the AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY a EDITORS C. V. MORTON R. C. BENEDICT TRA L. WIGGINS ad VOLUME 38 ~ 3 4 I 9 4.8 1 ug LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA CONTENTS VOLUME 38, NUMBER 1, PAcEs 1-32, IssuED May 6, 1948 An Early Ascent of Cerro de la Punta ............. H. A. Gleason 1 eC . of the Polypodiaceae ............... C. A. Weatherby 7 i ] Spores : Albert Chandler 12 zium ares Mm Hilorida soe. Mary W. Diddell 16 ae Note: The Passing of a New Jersey Fern Station........ x9 Recent Fern seerater 20 American Fern Society 22 VOLUME 38, NUMBER 2, PAGES 33-64, IsSUED JULY 28, 1948 The Ferns of Southern Chile 2000.2 Guaiterio Looser 33 Nomenclatural and Distributional Notes on eoiaeap lanceolatum rt T. Clausen 45 The Hart’s-Tongue in Tennessee in 1947 Eleanor McGilliard 48 Scott ’s Spleenwort in Connecticut ccc Jesse F. Smith 52 A Fern Reference in Seventeenth Century Literature R. C. Benedict 55 Shorter Notes: A Proposed New Genus and Family of Ferns; Polystichum Braunii in Bucks County, Pennsylvania; Fern Picking in New York 58 Recent Fern Literature 63 American Fern Society 64 VOLUME 38, NUMBER 3, Paces 65-96, ISSUED OcTOBER 11, 1948 The Discovery of Ceterach Dalhousiae in Mexico Joseph Ewan 65 New Records of Two Ferns in Coast oN Wilbut H. Duncan 69 The: Ferns of Southern Chile lgead a) sae Gualterio Looser 71 Two New Generic Names of Ferns .. _ Clyde F. Reed 87 Ferns of Fairview Mountain, Galapooya. ‘Range, Oregon William H. Baker 89 Shorter Notes: Some New Hampshire Ferns; Botrychium Range Extensions in West Virginia Recent Fern Literature 93 American Fern Society 95 VoLuME 38, Numser 4, Paces 97-220, IssuED JANUARY 13, 1949 William R. Maxon . C. A. Weatherby 98 Bibliography of William R. Maxon ccc C. V. Morton 106 Early Years of Maxon in Washington .................. C. E. Waters Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Ferns Douglas H. ade it Further Notes on Onocleopsis ....... Balla A New Athyrium with Reticulate Venation Origin of the West Indian Fern Flora ............. M. A, 7, ee Remarks on the American Lady Ferns ......... Edg r T. Wherry Some Woodsias from the North Shore of Lake rican Rolla M. hoy Jr. ' Asplenium monanthes in South Carolina ....... H. L. Blomquist The Ophioglossum of the Falkland Islands and the Wie ships and Distribution of Ophioglossum crotalophoroides rt T. Clausen Notes on a Collection of Ferns from the Vicinity of Cayambe SUNOS a a Ira L. Wiggins Dryopterts simulate oc oe Henry K. Svenson Notes on aia oak aati The Species of the French OR i ee C. V. Morton American Tern Society ....... Index to Volume 38 .W........ Vol. 38 January-March, 1948 No. I 3 American Hern Journal A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS” ; The American Hern Society Counril for 1947 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR JOSEPH tls Department of Botany, Tulane aioe New Orlea , La, esident HERBERT W. Dots, 23 Overlook Ave., W. Orange, N. ice- -President Mrs. Etstz Gisson WHITNEY, 274 South Main Ave., Albany, N. Y. Water S. ALLEN, 144-19 35th Ave., Flushing, N. Y. ee C. V. Morton, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. Edit onin:- Chis} OFFICIAL ORGAN American Fern Journal EDITORS OY. ee ... Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. C. R. C. BENEDICT... 1819 Desianter "Read, Brooklyn se’ N.Y. Tra L. Wiccrns aces _.Dudle ey Herbarium, Stanford University, Calif. An illustrated quarterly devoted to the pee study of ferns. piano ant $1.50 per year, foreign, 10 cents extra; sent free to mem of the AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY (annual dues, $2.00 ; tife membership, ipl eae Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. They should be ordered when ek is returned. ume I, six numbers, $2.00; other volumes $1.25 each. Single ount to oe and institutions on — of six ct or more. Cumulative Index vols. 1-25, 25 een Matter for palliation should be cane to ©, V. Morton, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. C. Orders for ee pen EE and other business communications should be addressed to to the Treasurer of the Society. = LIBRARIAN AND CURATOR OF THE HERBARIUM R. M. soos Mee oe Dept. of Botany, University of Minnesota, Min- Amvpriran Bern Journal VOL. sie CAN 1948 ee q An Bata) Ascent of Cerro de la Punta H. A. GLEASON The recent interesting discoveries on Cerro de la Punta, Puerto Rico, together with an invitation from the editor of this journal, have induced me to write briefly of our ascent of the mountain in 1926. Our party consisted of Mel T. Cook, of the Insular Experi- ment Station, William P. Kramer and Charles Z. Bates, of the United States Forest Service, and myself, and we were, as far as I know, the first botanists to climb the mountain. Dr. Cook and I were at that time prose- cuting an ecological survey of the island. We were not equipped to prepare herbarium specimens on a large scale and our only collections were small pieces of the various plants, mostly in a sterile condition. Except - for the ferns these were identified by N. L. Britton and Perey Wilson, who had shortly before completed their Flora of Puerto Rico. Cook and I were completely un- acquainted with the vast majority of the species, he being a plant pathologist and I visiting Puerto Rico for the first time. Our ecological notes had to refer to plants by numbers, and the names, later furnished us by Britton and Wilson, were then exchanged for the numbers in our final report. Puerto Rico was, theoretically, pretty thoroughly ex- plored by the botanists. The chance that we would find a ‘‘new’’ species, or even one new to the island, was nearly zero, since the ecologist does not deal with rari- [| Vol v6 She 4, of the JOURNAL, pp. 97-128, was issued ieomiar "29, 47]. 2 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ties, but rather with the important plants of each type of vegetation. Yet we returned from Cerro de la Punta with three undescribed species of flowering plants and a fern new to the island. My notes here are based on my original field records— fortunately preserved—on our published report, and on a general narrative of the trip written immediately after our return. After more than 20 years one’s memory is not always to be trusted. I recalled that we ascended the mountain in a rainstorm. That idea must have been a mnemonic evolution based on the muddy soil under- foot, for my notes emphasize the beautiful weather. Every one in Puerto Rico, in the good old days, knew that its highest mountain was El Yunque, of the Lu- quillo Range in the northeastern part of the island. Drenched with heavy rainfall, covered below with rain- forest and above with Sierra palms and mossy forest, it has always been a botanists’ paradise. According to legend, some sea-captain, approaching Puerto Rico from the north on one of those rare days when the air was perfectly clear and the whole skyline visible, reported that there were higher mountains off to the south, nearly in the center of the island. One of these is Cerro de la Punta, stated by the Geodetic Survey to be 4,426 feet high, or almost a thousand feet higher than El Yunque. I was told that there are 12 peaks in the immediate vicinity which exceed 4,000 feet and 26 which surpass El Yunque. Together they form a rugged range ex- tending east and west, somewhat to the south of the center of the island. I had often seen these mountains from the highway which parallels the shore of the Caribbean west of the city of Ponce. In the arid climate of the south shore they usually stand out clear-cut against the blue, rising in successive series of deep canyons and rounded shoul- ders covered with grass below and forest above, and be- ASCENT OF CERRO DE LA PUNTA 3 yond the forests to the rugged peaks. So far as we could learn, no botanist had ever ascended them. Kramer and Bates made the necessary preliminary ar- rangements, and one day in March we four started from San Juan, drove west along the north shore to Arecibo, and thence turned south over the well-made highway to the little town of Adjuntas, where we spent the night. Early the next morning we started by ear for Jayuya. We followed the main road south toward Ponce for some 5 kilometers, reaching ‘the highest point on the -eross-island highway. There the Jayuya road turns off to the east and immediately proceeds to climb higher. It passed above the limit of ordinary forest and entered the zone of Sierra palms. . We estimated the altitude at about 2,800 feet, basing our opinion on the vegetation. Just beyond its highest point the road reached the main watershed of the island and followed it for some distance along the crest. The divide is like most of the Puerto Rican mountain ridges, so very narrow and sharp that one can look down either side from the automobile, off across countless steep green hills and white limestone “‘haystacks’’ to the Atlantic on the north, and over’ countless brown hills to the Caribbean on the south. As soon as we reached the summit of the grade we saw un- usually high mountains off to the east. We speculated on which one was the highest, because that was the one we wished to climb. It is often difficult to distinguish heights, because a low near peak often looks higher than a more distant one, but we finaly agreed on a summit which later proved to be the right one. Leaving the divide, the road runs down a long grade to a little stream, follows its valley briefly, and turns up another stream to Jayuya. That is a little town with just two long streets paralleling the river, the mountains rising right behind it and rising again to the south just across the river. 4 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL In the town we inquired where Sefor Juan Masina lived. He was one of the town magnates and appar- ently everyone knew him. One man jumped on the running board and guided us to the house. Sefor Masina himself inspected us from his gallery and then invited us into the house. He was a powerfully built man of 65 and spoke only Spanish. He had agreed to have horses for us, but there were various social courte- sies that must first be observed. We must sit down in his parlor, meet his family, chat about this and that, and have some refreshments. We were anxious to get started, but we knew it would offend our host if we appeared impatient. About eleven, with nearly half the day gone, Sefior Masina’s own horse arrived, followed later by four others, and we were off. He led the way and we followed, through the main street of the town, with the whole population out to see us, across the river by a shallow and very rocky ford, and farther by a local road. It was much better than the average Puerto Rican road, but impassable for an automobile. I know bull-carts can use it, because we met one, but I could not see how they did it. It was uphill all the way, always to the south, curving around the side of the hills, with the stream roaring through its gorge below us and our mountain peak getting always farther out of sight behind the intervening hills. Then we left the valley and climbed a very steep and narrow trail which the horses could barely negotiate, finally coming out at Masina’s coffee plantation. There he had a house consisting of four rooms in a single row. He | unlocked the door at one end; we entered and he locked it behind us. We passed through the second and third rooms, leaving each door locked behind us. In the. fourth room he opened a double-locked cupboard and produced a bottle of native cane rum, which he guaran- teed to be made by his own peéns and to be three years ASCENT OF CERRO DE LA PUNTA 5 old. Another half-hour was lost on these conventions. Again we started, now with two barefooted men for guides. We followed a steep and narrow trail to the south through great groves of coffee to the end of the plantation, where we estimated our altitude at 3,500 feet. It seemed almost ineredible that our guides could go farther with bare feet, but they did it, over sharp rocks and through villainous saw-grass where we were fre- quently in trouble ourselves. Our route was at first through palm forest, until we came to a steep slope, bare of trees but covered with a tangle of ferns and saw- ‘grass. The ground was wet and slippery and we had to climb on all fours. Above it was another fairly level ridge covered with mossy forest, and then the first peak came in sight. It was perfectly conical, with sides steeper than anything we had seen before. We scram- bled up, over cushions of moss, holding on to the dwarf trees, slipping on the wet soil, and there we were on the first peak, only about 30 feet across. The highest peak was a short distance farther south and perhaps a hundred feet higher. A narrow ridge led to it, and we were soon on the highest point of the island. There we were fortunate in our weather and we could see nearly all of Puerto Rico. The whole southwest shore was in plain sight, from somewhere east of Ponce almost to ayaguez on the west; a great section of the north shore, except a portion hidden behind Tres Picachos moun- tain; and finally a dim view of El Yunque, far off to the northeast. ; Cook and I collected samples of every kind of plant that we saw. I wish we could have collected more and better specimens. Eventually we were back at the coffee plantation, where Masina was waiting for us with more cane rum and excellent coffee of his own production. We had to reach Jayuya before the early tropical night closed in, 6 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL because it would have been impossible for our horses to travel that steep and rocky road after dark. There we said goodbye to our host and an hour later were back in Adjuntas, having used a long day to spend about an hour on the mountain. Both summits are essentially alike in vegetation and support about the same species. They are covered with mossy forest two to five feet tall and rather sparse, so that one may walk easily among the shrubs. The forest . is mingled with mats of grass Isachne angustifolia Nash and thickets of Dicranopteris rubiginosa (Mett.) Maxon. Orchids grow up through the shrubbery, and a little bamboo trails over them. Sierra palms ascend in a long wedge to within a hundred feet of the top, while the mossy forest descends some distance along the ridges. This forest is quite different from that of El Yunque, probably in response to the decreased rainfall, wind, and atmospheric humidity. The shrubs are fewer in num- ber ; one walks between them instead of crawling beneath them; they are erect, not bent away from the trade- winds, and of various heights, not windshorn to the same level. Mosses and liverworts are almost lacking on their branches, or form a thin layer in the most protected spots. Ferns are numerous, but according th my notes Di- cranopteris rubiginosa, new to the island, is the only one sufficiently abundant to be considered an important com- ponent of the vegetation. During our short stay we collected Odontosaria uncinella (Kunze) Fée, 0. aculeata (L.) J. E. Smith, Polypodium sectifrons Kunze, P. loriceum U., Histiopteris incisa (Thunb.) J. Smith, Ricuihiobiness polypodioides (Sw.) Trev., S. lineata (Sw.) Broadh., Elaphoglossum rigidum (Aubl.) Urban, Rhipidopteris peltata (Sw.) Schott, Hymenophyllum lineare Sw., H. crispum HBK., Trichomanes rigidum Sw., and 7. crispum L. At least three of our flowering — RECLASSIFICATIONS OF POLYPODIACEAE i. plants were novelties and have since been described by Britton and Wilson as Ilex portoricensis, I. Cooku, and Didymopanax Gleasoni; a fourth is considered to repre- sent an undescribed species of Xolisma. New York BoranicaL GARDEN. fin a recent paper, ‘‘ Puerto Rican Fern Notes’’ (Proc. eis ashington 60: 123-130. 1947), Dr. Maxon recorded amo Soe ng numerous additions to the fern flora some eight species Sit SS in Pig ek bese by F. H. Sargent, of the U. 8S. Geo- India rd ich D mentions as abun 2g but quite oeasiy i is bon local occurrence, as it was not found by Mr. Sargent. It was pointed out that the eee sk is one oe exceptional interest botnieatly. —ED. ] Reclassifications of the Polypodiaceae C. A. WEATHERBY At least as to its larger units, the classification of the ferns until recently placed together in the Polypodiaceae is in a state (one is tempted to say a sad state) of flux. The characters of the sorus on which the older systems were based, though not altogether abandoned, are re- duced to a position of minor importance. Their place has been taken by a number of vegetative, anatomical and other characters revealed by the morphological work of the last half-century. Unfortunately, there is as yet no general agreement as to which of these characters are most significant, or as to what they signify. Fur- thermore, modern classification seeks to place together in one group all the members of a single line of descent followed back as far as it can be followed without be- coming lost in paleontological twilight. Since lines of descent are of necessity more or less conjectural, this opens further areas of disagreement. The same set of characters may indicate to one investigator a dicksonioid, to another a schizaeoid ancestry. This, of course, is not to say that differences of opinion as to the grouping of 8 _ AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL genera are anything new; the point is merely that the new approach has, so far, produced no more assurance than the old. In the past ten years we have had five reclassifications of the Polypodiaceae. Christensen (1938)* retained the family in its old sense, but divided it into fifteen sub- families, ‘‘perhaps better treated as families,’’ five of them wth subordinate tribes. Ching (1940)? recognized 32 families instead of one, ten of them subdivided, many of them merely Christensen’s subfamilies or tribes raised to family rank, but some of them new and others with some shifting about of genera. Dickason (1946)° ae- cepts Ching’s families, but arranges them in two series according. to the position of the sorus on the vein. Holttum (1947)* is content with five families, one with eleven subfamilies. Copeland,® publishing almost simul- taneously, has nine families without formal subdivision. No two agree as to the order of families or their limits. In how far some of this activity in rearrangement has contributed to our real knowledge and understanding of » ferns may be left to the decision of time to come. There are, however, larger areas of agreement and, we may hope, therefore, of actual advance in knowledge, than the above would indicate. All hands believe that Polypodi- aceae and the formerly great genera Dryopteris and Polypodium should be broken up. Phylogeny tends to deal chiefiy with the higher categories, shifting genera into patterns varying with the concepts of the indi- vidual investigator, but not modifying’ the genera them- 1In Verdoorn, Man. Pteridology, 522-550 (1938). Aisi dgmomrsrog 5: 201-268 (1940). 3 Ohio Jou rm. Sei. 46: 73-108 (1946). Me aaeeh ane e. 53: 123-158 (1947). peland, oe Genera Filicum (Annales ri CRs et ee eat vol. V). Chroniea Botanica Co., Waltham, Mass. (1947). Pp. xvi+ 247, 10 a $6.00. RECLASSIFICATIONS OF POLYPODIACEAE 9 selves to anything like the same degree. In breaking up Dryopteris everyone has accepted Christensen’s sound and thorough division; and there is a fair amount of unanimity as to the components of Polypodium. In general, as Copeland points out, there is no great differ- ence in the number of genera recognized by the various authors nor in their limits. So far, then, and so far only, as genera are concerned, it is possible to get from any one of the new treatments which is sufficiently de- tailed, a fairly accurate idea of the result of accepting any of the others. We may especially consider the two most recent treat- ments. Holttum splits off from the old Polypodiaceae four relatively small families: Polypodiaceae proper; Grammitidaceae (simple-or pinnate-leaved small ferns hitherto referred to Polypodium, represented by P. gramineum of Jamaica) ; Thelypteridaceae (our marsh fern and its relatives) ; and Adiantaceae, including the gymnogrammoid and cheilanthoid ferns and Vittaria. All the rest are put into a single large family, Denn- staedtiaceae, on the ground that they are all descended from dennstaedtioid ancestors. The Polypodiaceae are placed first, the Adiantaceae last. Holttum’s paper is a closely reasoned and well-documented argument for this arrangement.® Copeland’s work is a complete practical application of his views rather than an argument for them. He lays down his main principle in his preface—that noted above 6 Its effect is somewhat blunted by such an a general statement as that in Thelypteris the scales ‘‘all have many slender hairs’’—not true of the t. ecies cage tye ain en Christensen, of T. patens. Copeland is more cautious more accurate. On the other hand, Holttum’s use of certain hitherto little- noticed characters—as the grooved or convex upper surface of ostule in distinguishing Dryopteris aaa Thelypteris—deserves eareful consideration. 10 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL of combining in one unit all groups believed to be in the same line of descent, even though they may be in some features very diverse. He compares such a unit to a human family, all the members of which are descended from a single ancestor, but may be too unlike physically to be recognized as relatives or to be covered intelligibly by a single description. Copeland frankly accepts such indefinable groups, as does Holttum.*’ To the old- fashioned taxonomist, this looks a good deal like reduc- ing systematics to a philosophical abstraction. If Cope- land’s emphatic denial that this is the case is valid, it is because he himself has kept his feet on the ground. He is not unmindful of the practical side of taxonomy. His genera ‘‘must be natural,’’ but also ‘‘should be con- venient’’—that is, practicable. Once the main line of descent is laid down, he recognizes genera when lines of demarcation are clear enough to be readily made out and refuses to recognize them when there is any large amount of intermediacy. Whatever happens to families, genera which cannot be defined are not admitted—good old-fashioned doctrine. On this basis, then, of practi- eable genera grouped around probable lines of descent, he has given us, in a handsome book, a singularly read- able and persuasive account of all known genera of ferns, with descriptions, keys and full synonymy,® enlivened and illumined by eritical and often pungent comment. His system produces eight families. These are ar- ranged in a sequence almost exactly the reverse of Holttum’s. Pteridaceae come first; they include the 7 SEH ttgt aves the practices! difficulty by means es an artificial key to ies, in which Aspidiaceae, for instance, ap- pears in eleven afore Lee = Difficulties in defining f mites are, of ¢ , no more new t pes hepenie in Leone opinion ; fa pg cai not before Hig aecepted as inevitable. nsiderable number of names jistad 3 as new combinations were previously made by Ching and get authors. This is no RECLASSIFICATIONS OF POLYPODIACEAE 11 dicksonioid tree-ferns, Dennstaedtia and its immediate relatives, and the groups of Pteris, Gymnogramma and Chetlanthes—a good example of following back a line of descent. Next come Davalliaceae, a small group of tropi- eal genera including Oleandra. Next are Aspidiaceae, including Woodsia, Onoclea, somewhat surprisingly Ela- phoglossum, Dryopteris, Lastrea (Thelypteris of other authors), Cystopteris and Athyrium. Fourth are Blechnaceae—Blechnum (to which Lomaria is reduced) and seven other genera. Fifth come Aspleniaceae—As- plenium (the one very large genus which so far has resisted all efforts to divide it) and eight others. Then Polypodiaceae proper, including Platycerium and its al- hes, otherwise much like Diels’s Polypodieae. Finally come Vittariaceae, which he regards as an exceptionally natural and well characterized group. The workings of Copeland’s method on the generic level may be conveniently illustrated by his treatment of the Cheilanthinae of Diels. The better marked tra- ditional genera, Cheilanthes itself, Pellaea, Llavea, Dory- opteris, Cryptogramma and Onychium, are maintained. Notholaena and Adiantopsis are reduced to Cheilanthes— to the present reviewer’s mind, quite properly. From the aggregate thus formed, certain of the more readily recognized nexi of species are split off as genera— Aleuritopteris (Cheilanthes farinosa as type), Aspidotis (C. californica), Mildella (C. tntramarginalis) and Cheiloplecton (C. rigida). The remainder are left in Cheilanthes, at least pending further:study. The same procedure is followed in Cyatheaceae. In the fern-flora of North America, the effect is to add eight genera to those recognized in Broun’s Index, through the breaking up of Dryopteris and Polypodium, and to subtract six, by the reduction of Phegopteris to Lastrea, Cyrtomium to Phanerophlebia, Diplazium to Athyrium, Phyllitis to 12 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Asplenium, Notholaena to Cheilanthes, and Anchistea to Woodwardia. One may or may not approve of all these mergings,’ but at least they show that, in spite of the encouragement to division given by much phylo- genetic theory, the good phylogenist is no mere mechani- eal splitter, but may be as truly conservative as anyone, even if in a different direction. Whether we have here the classification of the future, only the future can tell. Certainly we have currently prevalent conceptions ably and reasonably reduced to practice, against a background of wide and well-matured knowledge. Whatever happens, this Genera Filicum can hardly fail to hold a permanent place among the im- portant works on ferns. Gray HERBARIUM. Working with Fern Spores ALBERT CHANDLER To raise ferns from spores one begins by making mis- takes. My worst came from reading, in the Bulletin of Missouri Botanical Garden, that sugar is a good fertilizer for orchid seedlings. If good for orchids, why not for ferns? Their youngsters loiter and need nudging. So I sprinkled granulated sugar—and exterminated a cherished crop. Who would suppose that damping-off lurked in the domestic sugarbowl? The Bulletin said nothing about boiling a syrup. o matter how thinly spores are scattered, nor how irregularly they germinate, the tiny green scales will overcrowd some spots. To thin these I began transplant- ing with a pin, and later with a ball-pointed pen, but could not see the hairlike rootlets without a strong lens, which was in the way while transplanting. If placed bucktail: or on one edge, these all died. But that ® To the present writer they sails with the possible exception of Phyl, wholly reasonable. ‘WorKING WITH FERN SPORES 13 difficulty has been mastered. Now I float such prothallia from the stone (discussed below) and then lift them from the surface of the water with a test-tube, in which they remain right-side-up. (A lemonade straw will do.) They are sucked up by thrusting the tube down into the water to a depth of an eighth of an inch around the green scale, then closing the top of the tube with my finger. The drop of water and the fernlet remain in the mouth of the vertically lifted tube until air is admitted above. When released the rootlets are underneath. I drop the infant to light on its feet. As a surgeon cannot completely sterilize the human eye, to make infection impossible in a cataract operation, we cannot completely sterilize fern spores. Mildew may be present upon them. We must take that chance. Any disinfectant strong enough to extirpate fungi will kill fern spores. So keep each planting separate, and at least avoid epidemics spreading from one lot to others. Old flowerpots, upon which to sow spores, have been recommended with precise unanimity in details until a skeptic wonders whether some authors have repeated what they have read instead of reporting any extensive ex- periences of their own. Echo-testimony is no stronger when reverberated. You will find chunks of sandstone cleaner and easier to sterilize. If burned they harden until almost impervious to water—just right for xero- phytic ferns. By the way, Purple Cliff-brake produces most minute prothalia. Even a plantlet a year old is an ~ irregular disk only about 2 mm. in diameter upon a hair- like stalk 3 to 5 mm. long About St. Louis the a sandstones—Bushberg, La- motte, and St. Peter’s—serve the cultural requirements of the three sorts of ferns, those preferring acid, or lime, or tolerant of either. The last, as shown by plants thriv- ing upon it, is usually acid, but has an alkaline reaction where overlain by strata of limestone. 14 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL A glass casserole from the dime store is a convenient container, holding a chunk of sandstone and a quarter of an inch of rainwater in an isolation ward. Tap water contains chemicals. Boil the casserole, stone and water under 15 pounds in a pressure cooker; or else boil them three successive days, for one ordinary boiling may not exterminate all fungi. And if you bottle rainwater for future use, sterilize the bottle. There is enough sugar in old wine bottles to be lethal. Dr. L. H. Bailey advises sowing fern spores the first week of March, July, or October. With me Christmas week is satisfactory; the date has made little difference. Most germination is likely to occur in April or May. I suspect that some spores must go through an after-ripen- ing process, like some seeds. A place near a window, reached by the sun two hours a day, will have about the right temperature and light; and if the room is warm, reduce the sunlight. Rub a fertile leaflet between sheets of paper, obtain a brown dust of spores, and strew these thinly on the wet stone, close the casserole, and wait. Seal the edge of the cover with vaseline to prevent evaporation. Sometimes the first germination is of spores accidentally falling on the surface of the water, but it occurs most often on verti- eal or slanting surfaces of the stone, as if the movement of water by percolation were helpful. That may be why volunteer prothallia in greenhouses appear usually on the sides of the pots. After germination a few of the green scales rapidly outgrow the others, becoming roundish disks almost a quarter of an inch in diameter before putting wp the first stalked leaf, and this will be two, three or more months expanding to a fernlike outline. A shamrock pattern is not uncommon. Transplanted to sterilized soil they then grow faster. I use clean coarse sand and an equal amount of leafmold WorKING WITH FERN SPORES 15 from the woods, suitable to the particular species, Screened through a sieve of window-screen, and never pressed down into the thumb-pot. Steam the pot and soil mixture, as steaming will not pack it down into an airless, gummy mass as boiling would. Set half a dozen pots in a dish in which a quarter of an inch of rainwater is maintained, and cover the lot with a glass cake-cover or other Wardian case, until they are two or three inches high, and usually two or three years old, ready to be emancipated and to start upon their own adventures out of doors. This is the laziest form of horticulture, and some spe- cies—Ebony Spleenwort, for example—are very prolific. Five minutes once a month is enough for two or three dozen casseroles. Ten minutes more will suffice for the records. I number each casserole serially, 1, 2, 3, giving each a separate sheet in a note book; then letter each transplant serially (1A, 1B, 1C, 1D) for those from cas- serole No. 1. Thus sheet 5B in the book designates the second independent plant from casserole No. 5, and the thumb-pot is so labeled. After these confessions, may I pray that someone, will report in detail his actual experiences and technique with agar? Experiments with this I abandoned during the war, while agar was not available. My unsolved problem is fitful germination. Three sowings from the same leaflet, at the same time, on chunks broken from the same rock, and handled alike, may be very fruitful in one dish and sterile in both the others for month after month and forever. Such recurrences have raised a question : Unless the microscope shows every spore aborted, how much evidence, from careful tests, should be accumulated before asserting that a given fern is sterile? Have we enough skill in propagation to ex- pect ferns to multiply like rabbits? About some of them have we been sure or cocksure? Remember the separate 16 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL and combined records of Napoleon and Josephine, and flowering plants sterile to their own pollen, and the record of Sarah in the Bible. St. Louis, Missouri. Diplazium esculentum in Florida Mary W. Dippin — The article, ‘‘Edible Ferns,’’ by Dr. Copeland, in the Fern Journal for October-December 1942, was of par- ticular interest to me, as one of the ferns, Athyriwm esculentum (which I know as Diplazium esculentum), has been in my fern garden for several years. Of its entry into Florida I could get no information, but its distribution in the state is peculiar, also my acquisition of it. Early in December, 1937, I drove down the state on a short collecting trip, and after I reached Miami went out into the Little River section to see my good friend Mrs. Peterson and her excellent collection of ferns, orchids, and other plants. With unfailing generosity Mrs. Peterson, as she showed me a plant, would ask, *“Do you have this?’’; and if I said ‘‘No,’’ she would dig me out a generous root. Among the ferns she gave me was one that she called a Dryopteris, with the lower- most veins of adjacent segments joined together and the resultant vein running to the sinus, as in D. gongylodes. All the plants she gave me were carefully packed in one large bundle, and this was not opened until after I reached home. Leaving Miami, I come down to Royal Palm Park, arriving in the early afternoon. Mr. Atkinson, the care- taker, got in the car with me and we drove all over the Park, stopping to examine the various tropical plants, especially the ferns. As the only recorded specimen of Dryopteris patens within the United States was collected DIPLAZIUM ESCULENTUM IN FLORIDA 17 in this area many years ago, I was anxious to see if an- other could be found. So there were frequent stops to examine clumps of ferns, and as night drew near I would simply stop and, with the trowel, lift one specimen out of a group and put it in the car for future reference. Next morning Mr. Atkinson helped me pack all my Park plants in one large parcel. This was stowed in the back of the car, and I headed for the Tamiami Trail, turning off into the little town of Everglades, where I lunched with friends and spent the rest of the day. The following day I drove home; and as I arrived after dark the packages of plants were simply taken out of the car and set inside the greenhouse. Next day I unpacked Mrs. Peterson’s plants first, potting each one and setting them all to themselves, on the greenhouse bench. Then I unpacked the Park plants, potting and setting them all together in another group. A third group consisted of the plants I had collected along the road between stop- Ping-points. After all were potted, I went back to the Park group and carefully examined the ferns, one of which struck me as familiar. Returning now to Mrs: Peterson’s plants, there was identically the same species, though hers was a much larger plant. I took out Small’s first Florida fern book and carefully checked through Dryopteris, then some of the other genera, but without finding my plant. So I wrote Dr. Small, sending him a sterile frond (there were no sporophylls), and he re- plied that it was a ‘‘foreigner’’ and he did not know it. I wrote Mr. Atkinson also, sending him a frond, but he could not relocate the plants and knew nothing of it. The following summer I went to Tampa to do some classification and catalog work for the Cowgill Nurseries and in Mr. Cowgill’s slathouse found a large colony of the Peterson-Park fern, the central plant being about six feet tall, with a caudex a foot high or more. Mr. Cowgill 18 ' * AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL had got the fern along with other plants from an unre- liable source and had no means of tracing its origin. As he did not know what it was, we sent a specimen to Dr. Maxon, who identified it as Diplaziwm esculentum, a common Asiatic species. A careful examination of Mr. Cowgill’s numerous plants failed to disclose any sporophylls; the mass of smaller plants of varying sizes encircling the large plant were all produced by stolons. As the caudex develops, these aerial rootlike stolons are produced at the bases of the leaves; they grow on down the stem into the ground and later develop new plants at their tips. These may appear anywhere from a few inches to several feet away from the mother plant. However, plants do not have to develop a caudex to do this, as smaller ones, a foot high or less will send out stolons from under the erown. ; I brought home one of Mr. Cowgill’s plants, to check with the two from Mrs. Peterson and the Park, and from these I have had literally thousands of plants, as they seem to thrive anywhere, in dry or wet soil, in sun or shade. They grew luxuriantly in the acid soil (pH about 4.85) of my place on the River, and also crept into the areas where I had added lime for the rock-ferns and there flourished just as well. The only thing that hurt them in the least was cold, the plants which had devel- oped a caudex being killed entirely. Those with their crowns just above the ground would lose their leaves, only to have new ones grow out at the first warm spell. As I wished to see how large the plants would even- tually grow, I took up a good heavy specimen and set it out permanently in the floor of the greenhouse. Last summer, after three years’ growth, it was eight feet high, over-all. Also, I saw my first sporophylls last summer, on this plant. By the spring of last year, young plants Sorter NOTE 19 were coming up all over the floor of the greenhouse and I started systematically to weed them out, and thereafter kept the house clear of all except the main plant. A few months later, in midsummer, the sporophylls appeared, so it seems that the plant when deprived of its means of vegetative propagation starts to produce spores. Subse- quent observations seem to bear this out. As my place on the River was too large for me to keep up alone and it was impossible to get help, I sold it and moved back into the edge of town in January. The new greenhouse was promised me by that time, but only now, many months later, is it under construction. So my plants have been out in the open all the year. The large Diplazium was set out in a sheltered place and came through the rest of the winter with only some damage to the leaves, but I have not weeded out the young plants, which are now very numerous. The parent plant has fine, healthy fronds, but has stopped producing sporo- phylls. The rootlike stolons not only interlace them- selves about the caudex but form a dense, matted mass above ground three to four feet in diameter, this and the soil about its perimeter thickly dotted with young plants. Anyone wishing to grow this fern here for edible pur- poses would soon have a good-sized planting with a start of only a few plants. If I can find out how to cook it, I shall try some stewed fern—or baked or boiled or fried?—for dinner some night. Or maybe fern salad. JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA, Shorter Note Tue Passina or a New JERSEY FERN Station.—A re- cent visit to the wooded marsh area near West Engle- wood and Bergenfield, once so rich in the larger species of Dryopteris and rare fern hybrids, showed that a sys- tem of drainage ditches has dried it up and most of the ferns have disappeared except for a few scattered Os- 20 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL mundas, Sensitive, and Marsh ferns. The dumping of refuse, which at one time threatened to destroy the fern station, has been discontinued and the dump is now covered with weeds——W. H. DOLE. Recent Fern Literature An important work published during the war but just now in hand is a 600-page book by the famous Italian botanist Adriano Fiori,! on the pteridophytes of Italy. This is an exhaustive treatise with descrip- tions and keys in Latin and comments in Italian, Italian common names and uses, detailed statements of distribution, habitat notes, and citations of illustrations. ll the species and many of the forms are illustrated by fine drawings and sometimes photographs also. Seven families, 28 genera, 84 species, 66 varieties, 297 forms, 86 subforms, 59 lusus, and 20 hybrids are treated. The concepts are not only conservative, but might be called reactionary; thus Osmundaceae and Hymeno- phyllaceae are included with the Polypodiaceae in a family termed ‘‘Filices,’’? and Salvinia and Azolla in the Marsileaceae. Polystichum and Cyrtomium are in- eluded in Dryopteris, Pteretis (Matteuccia) in Ono- clea, Pteridium in Pteris, Anogramma in Gymno- gramme, and Athyrium in Asplenium. Most astound- ing of all, the beech-fern and oak-fern are included in Polypodium, as P. Phegopteris and P. Dryopteris. This does not represent, as might be supposed, ignorance of the modern principles of fern classification, for Prof. Fiori had in hand the Manual of Pteridology, the Index Filicum, and other significant works. It does represent, however, a local viewpoint, based on study of the rela- tively poor European fern flora. If he had made even a hoes survey of the genus Polypodium in the tropics A. Flora Italica Cryptogama V. Pteridophyta. pp. on os "1-154. 1943. Topografia Mariano Ricci, pce Italy. RECENT FERN LITERATURE yea} of either hemisphere he would have realized that, large and diverse as it is, it still can not be made to include P. Phegopteris and P. Dryopteris without destroying the modern classification of ferns and reverting back to an artificial system based on the sorus only. Similar conservatism is shown by the inelusion of Woodsia alpina in W. ilvensis, of Dryopteris Robertiana in Polypodium Dryopteris, of Polystichum Braunii in Dryopteris aculeata, and Botrychium lanceolatum and B. matricariifolium in B. Lunaria, However, these generic and specific concepts need not detract greatly from the work, which is valuable chiefly for its enumeration and description of the numerous southern European varieties and forms. However, the nomenclature employed does not only detract from the value of the work, but renders it useless as an authori- tative guide. Fiori has disregarded the International Rules in several respects. For one thing, he does not employ the double citation of authors, required by Article 49. This is no great disadvantage in the case of the species, the authorities for which can be readily looked up, but it is for the lesser categories, there being no index to the varieties and forms of ferns, and the litera- ture is greatly scattered. Fiori disregards also the fact that the earliest epithet in the same category is the valid one, e.g. Dryopteris Villarsii f. nivalis (Fée) Fiori (1943) is illegitimate because there already exists the valid name f. meridionalis Milde (1867) for this particular form. The fact that the form is the same as the earlier species Hypodematium nivale Fée (1852) has no bearing on the nomenclature. There is a plant called by Fiori Polypo- dium vulgare f. australe Fée, but Fée described this as a species, Polypodium australe. An attempt to find the author of the combination f. australe would be very time-consuming. Again there is a plant he calls Dryop- 22 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL teris austriaca var. dilatata Underw., but Underwood made no such combination. The reference given is to Dryopteris spinulosa var. dilatata (Hoffm.) Underw. The nomenclature is nearly inextricable in some in- stances. In spite of such faults (and they occur throughout) Fiori’s book is in many respects an erudite and scholarly work and will be valuable to students of European ferns. - The volume concludes with an essay by V. Giacomini on the ecology and geographic distribution of the Ital- jan ferns. The geographic classification suffers from in- accuracies, due in part to accepting literature records at face value—C. V. M. American Fern Society On December 31, 1947 Dr. William R. Maxon retired as Editor-in-chief of the Journal and the undersigned, who has served as Associate Editor for a number of years, has been appointed by the Council to succeed him. Dr. Benedict and Dr. Wiggins will remain as Associate Editors. Members will be sorry to learn that Dr. Maxon died on February 25. In recognition of his outstanding achievements in science and his services to the Fern Society over a period of more than 50 years, much of the time as President or Editor, a memorial number of the Journal is planned for later in the year, with articles especially prepared by some of the outstanding fern students. Contributions toward the publication of this enlarged number will be gratefully received by ig ait C. V. Morton, Editor Report of the President for 1947 The Society has come through the year 1947 in very good condition and with new officers faces 1948 with confidence. As previously noted, this year ended a long AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 23 period of excellent service to the Society by Dr. Henry K. Svenson and his two loyal helpers Mr. William Durkin, as assistant in the work of the Treasurer, and Miss Hester Rusk as custodian of the library and her- barium. When I served as one of the Auditors, it was always a pleasure to spend a morning in Dr. Svenson’s offices, where, with Mr. Walter S. Allen, my associate in auditing, the five of us had an enjoyable period of visit- ing and discussing matters of interest to the Society, in addition to auditing the books. Through the work of a committee composed of Dr. Benedict, Mr. Ewan, and Mr. Morton, arrangements were made for Mr. Allen to take over the position of Treasurer and Dr. R. M. Tryon, Jr., that of Curator and Librarian. These men are now well established in office and our supplies are now duly deposited with them. Mr. Morton agreed to care for the back numbers of the Journal, and these were sent to him at the Smith- sonian Institution. The Society is under a very real obligation to Dr. Benedict, as well as to Mr. Allen, Mr. Durkin, and Miss Rusk, for the hours and hours spent in sorting, packing, and shipping our material. The extra expense was handled through special contribu- tions, so there was no cost to the Society. During the year a modest contribution from an anony- mous friend was received for the establishment of an Illustrations Fund, which has been done, the purpose being to provide additional illustrations for the Journal. Since this is a project worthy of support, there may be others who would care to add to the amount we have in hand. Such contributions, which should be sent to Mr. Allen, will be gratefully received and will be used with economy, A word of sincere appreciation is due to Dr. Harold Rugg, who has been ever ready to help—witness his - 24 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL latest service in securing a splendid set of new officers and proposing Dr. Maxon as an honorary member, a _ proposal to which the Society was glad to give approval. The writing of this brief report ends my ‘‘Tour of Duty.’’ I want to express to all members my deep appreciation of the kindly spirit they have shown me. These three years have given me many pleasures: to know ~ Mr. Weatherby better, to know Dr. and Mrs. Maxon and enjoy their gracious hospitality and delightful compan- — ionship, to work with Dr. Svenson, Mr. Morton, Mr. Ewan, and especially Mrs. Whitney, who has been my guide and mentor and who surely carries the Society in her affection; I am annie indebted to her as is the Society. And now to the eae men’’ who are taking over, good luck and fine sailing! FREDERICK z. FAGuLEY, President Report of the Secretary for 1947 It is most gratifying to find a steadily continuing interest in fern study among the general public, as indi- eated by the addition to our membership of 33 new members from widely separated parts of the country. Balanced against this addition is the resignation of 21, and the loss of four by death, leaving a total member- ship of 410 at the year’s end. We feel especially keenly the loss by death of aah long-time members as these two from Maine—Henry Wilson Merrill, a member since 1906, and Life Member Lester A. Wheeler, who joined in 1914. Dr. Robert H. Lombard joined in 1916 just after finishing his doctorate in chemistry at Columbia Universty. Abel Joel Grout became a Fern Society member in 1910 after some years as editor of the Moss Section of the Fern Bulletin, before the Sullivant Moss Society issued its own publication. His published works were chiefiy on mosses, and his AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 25 authoritative studies in that field far overshadowed his fern interests. But there could be no question of the fundamental interest and loyalty of one whose continuous membership covered a period of thirty-eight years. His contributions to the early activities of the Society have been recorded in fuller detail by Dr. R. C. Benedict and Prof. W. N. Clute in previous Journals (vol. 31: 116, and vol. 33: 6.) The annual program meeting in conjunction with A.A.A.S. Convocation was held at Chicago this year, and is reported elsewhere in this Journal. It is indeed a happy arrangement that the Convocations are held each year in a different section of the country, affording op- portunity (to attend the programs) to a quite different group of our members for whom in other years the meet- ° ings are too distant. Members from the Mid-Western States were well represented this time; and the occasion was made notable by the presence of Willard Nelson Clute, the instigator and a Charter member of the So- ciety Your vote to elect to Honorary membership our out- standing member, Dr. William R. Maxon, reflects honor to the Society quite as much as some measure of the tribute we would pay to one who has contributed so untiringly to the welfare of the Society. All those who have worked with our president, Dr. Fagley, or who have encountered his enthusiasm in the field of ferns, regret that he finds it impossible to con- tinue as president. Best wishes to him in his other duties ! : Respectfully submitted, Eustz G. WuiTNey, Secretary Report of the Treasurer for 1947 The Fern Society has had a good year financially as shown by an increase of $356 in total assets, ane a 26 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL balance of $451.97 in cash on hand at the end of 1947. However the total income from membership and sub- scription dues was only $765 against a cost of $693.19 for printing and distributing the 4 numbers of the Fern Journal. The expense of moving back numbers, herbarium and library, amounting to $123.99, was met by special gifts for the purpose. A gift of $50 as a nucleus for a fund to provide more illustrations for the Journal, has been inereased to $112.94 by adding the profit from sale of back-numbers during the year. Three Life Member- ships were received as against five in 1946. The dues from new members and subcribers fell off from $98.73 in 1946 to $86.90 in 1947, but the receipts from sale of back-numbers increased from $217.83 to $252.30. The loyal support of our members in ratifying an in- crease in annual dues to $2.00 will enable us to meet increased printing costs, and it is hoped will permit printing a revised address list of members during 1948. We need more new members and subscribers; we also urge more of our members to avail themselves of the fund of valuable and interesting information in back- numbers of the Journal. Receipts Amount Sub-total Total Cash on hand Jan etre a $ 285.02 1942-1945 Membership. Arrears... $3 7.95 -$ 7. 95 1946 Members mtd Arrears 43.35 43.35 1947 Membership Renewals (427.35 1947 New Members 51.00 478.35 1948 Membership Renewals 29.85 1948 Bern oo 3.00 32.85 1949 Membership Renewals 5.00 5.0 50 ership Renewal 1.50 1.50 1942-1945 Subseription Arrears. 5.40 40 scription Arrears 3.85 3.85 1947 Subseription — 74. 1947 New Subscribers .......... 30.40 105.23 ’ 1948 Subscription Renews 74.92 1948 New Subseribe 2.50 77.42 rs 1949 Subscription Renewals 1.35 1.35 AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 1950 Subseription Renew als 1.35 1951 nani ie on Renewals 1.35 Life Memberships 75.00 Sale of back stants BAC SI jn 5 ee 252.30 Sale of A.F.J. Cumulative Index ..... 1.00 Sale of ‘‘Vars. and Forms of a UAT) g 1 aie et Merce eR NN MEL Wi eire eerae -50 Sale of Fern Bulletin ..... 50 Gifts—not restricted ........... 140.00 Gifts—for epee 50.00 atl oe ertising 4.00 Repri gees Gifts ae inserts and plates ................ 20.32 Gift of A.F.J. back numbers ................ 2.40 Deduction a/e Life Seo ge ie ah oe Belk Agency Commission (su rg)b Deduetion ave Gift of A:FJ, back a Transferred to Spec. Acct. No. 2. > Deducted at source of subscription, « Added to Inventory A.F.J. Disbursements Amount Science Press A.F.J. Vol. 36, no $180.72 A.F.J. Vol. 37, no. 171,26 A.F.J. Vol. 37, no 168.1 A.F.J. Vol. 37, no. 173.10 a oes envelopes 18.5 Cree, _ 139.60 Bank st — and activity) 12.38 Mov eit back nos. A.F.J. to Smith. 51.84 Ins Madea herbarium to Univ. Minne- sota Be aes 45.05 Moving library to Univ. Minnesota —27.10 Exp Treasurer 2000 41.53 Socrtare oo 35.20 1 oboe etter ait ing tet a8 cco so eas 2 eae 11.22 Membership Returned ...........2:c0c-000 1.50 Ne -, taaesiace Fund: i os 50.00 Prete on sales A.F.J. baek nos..... 62.94 Cash on hand Jan. 1, 1948 .......... Sub-total 112.94 $1,445.19 $1,730.21 88.19 $1,642.02 Total $1,190.05 $ 451.97 28 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL STATEMENT, DECEMBER 31, 1947 Assets ash on hand. ........ $ 451.97 esata (OFTEN? ADE APE et Opener tee 112.94 In Spec. Acct. #1 515.21 In Spee. Acct. #2 339.83 : In Reserve 1,410.00 $2,829.95 Notes Receivable 1.00 1.00 Inventory A.F.J. 450.00 450.00 A.F.S. Library 340.00 340.00 Aects. Receivable 11. 11.93 Suspense Dr. S945 AGENCY COM. ooo 6.77 6.77 $3,639.65 Liabilities Capital Acct. $2,364.84 Suspense Cr. 1948 Memb 32385 1949 Memb 5.00 1950 Me 1.50 1948 Subser 77.42 1949 Subser. 1.35 1950 Subser 1.35 1951 Subser. 1.35 Gifts not restricted 3.01 Distrib. Vol. 37, No. 4 170.00 Illustrations Fund 112. pe sell Herb. Fund .: 515.21 e Memb. Fund 339.83 $3,639.65 Respectfully submitted, Watter 8. ALLEN, Treasurer Report of the Auditing Committee We certify that the 1947 Financial Statement of the American Fern Society, Inc., prepared by the Treasurer, is true and correct. * The Auditing Committee compliments Mr. Allen for his careful and efficient work : Witu1amM DuRKIN Hester M. Rusk Auditing Committee AMERICAN FERN Society 29 Report of the Sodas of Elections As Judge of Elections for 1947 I report that 125 bal- lots were cast, of which 106 were completely filled out. The results are as follows: For President a oseph Ewan 111 For Vice-President erbert Dole 108 ann 4 s. Frank C, Smith 1 For Secretary ae toe Whitney 2 je 110 95 5 aes al For Treasurer Walter S. 111 For Honorary, Mem belo William Ralph Maxon 120 Amendments to Canetti tion, Aye III, Membership) : ec, 2. Change to . by t the required fee of two doliars . Sec. 3. cme to read: ‘ northern part of the Antarctic Continent, whereas it is separated from the real Antarctic by Drake Sea, 1,000 kilometers of open ocean. Ercilla, in his ‘‘La Araucana,’’ the most celebrated Spanish epic poem on the conquest of America, published in 1569, wrote : ‘‘ Chile, a fertile prov- ince situated in the famous antarctic region’’; and a cen- tury ago Joseph Dalton Hooker, in his Flora Antarctica, enshrined in science this unfortunate term for the south- ern tip of South America and New Zealand, though the flora he describes has little of the Antarctic element. There is nothing more persistent than error; we find the term Antarctic repeated in the phytogeographic treatises of Grisebach (1872), Drude (1897); Huguet de Villar (1929), de Martonne (1932), Gaussen (1933), and many others. Perhaps the worst of all was Warming, who, in one of his books, brings the ‘‘ antarctic forest’’ to latitude 36° South, without taking into account that grapes, oranges, olives, and many other species of warm-temper- ate climates thrive there. (To be continued) NOTES ON BotrycHIUM 45 Nomenclatural and Distributional Notes on Botrychium lanceolatum RoBert T. CLAUSEN Most modern writers accredit Angstroem with the original transference of Gmelin’s Osmunda lanceolata to the genus Botrychium. Among botanists who have so given credit to Angstroem may be mentioned Fernald (Rhodora 17: 87-88. 1915), Maxon dk vi = 1918), Broun (Index North American Fern 1938) and myself (Mem: Torr. Club 19(2) : 90. sae Subsequent to my publication, §. J. Smith mentioned to me that Ruprecht had listed the binomial Botrychium lanceolatum nine years before the date when it was pub- lished by Angstroem. Ruprecht’s ideas with respect to Gmelin’s Osmunda lanceolata evidently underwent change in 1845. On page 33 of part 3 of Beitriige zur Pflanzenkunde des Russichen Reiches, he listed this as “488. Botrychium (Lunaria) lanceolatum*’’ with the Synonym Osmunda lanceolata Gmel. jun., 1768. This is the basis for the varietal combination under B. Luna- ria cited by me on p. 90 of my Monograph. On p. 92 of part four of the Beitriige, prison listed ‘‘1. Bo- trychium lanceolatum.*’’? The 1. and * indicated that he regarded B. lanceolatum to be a species new to the flora of St. Petersburg. Ruprecht did not directly cite the basinym, but he cited his 488 mentioned above. Here Gmelin’s binomial and the date of its publication were indicated, but no bibliographical citation. Ru- precht’s intention appears clear. Since he did cite the date of Gmelin’s publication, I am now inclined to ac- credit him with first valid publication of Botrychium lanceolatum. His binomial is neither a nomen nudum nor a nomen dubium. Its application seems reasonably definite. The citation thus should be: Botrychium lan- 46 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ceolatum (Gmel.) Rupr. Beitr. Pflanzenkund. Russ. Reich. 4: 92 (1845). — Little first reported B. lanceolatum from the San Francisco Mountains of Arizona (Amer. Fern Journ. 29: 36-37. 1939). In 1940, H. Trapido and I visited these mountains and collected subsp. typicwm on the steep east slope of Mt. Agassiz at an elevation of 3505 meters. On June 15, the leaves were still developing and the sporangia were quite green. Later that year, Trapido and I collected B. 1. typicwm in open woods along the east side of the Lostine River 27 km. south of Lostine, at an elevation of 1678 m., in the Wallowa Mountains of Oregon.. This was my first record for B. lanceolatum in Oregon. Cottam, Garrett and Harrison (Bull. Univ. Utah 30, no. 16: 1-11. 1940) reported B. lanceolatum from Big Cottonwood Canyon, Salt Lake Co., Utah. The specimen on which this report was based was kindly lent to me by A. O. Garrett. I identi- fied it doubtfully as B. matricariaefolium hesperium. However, an authentic collection of B. lanceolatum typi- cum from Utah has now come to my attention. This is no. 21,900A of Maguire and Holmgren, preserved at the New York Botanical Garden. It is from timberline, on the west side of the basin, at the headwaters of In- dian Farm Creek, Deep Creek Range, Juab County, and was collected in 1948, on July 1 A specimen at the New York Fiotanioul Garden from Helsingia, Sweden, somewhat resembles subsp. angusti- segmentum in the narrow divisions of the blade, 1.5-3 mm. wide. The fuller data on variation and distribution - available today confirm the idea that the two subspecies of B. lanceolatum intergrade and that occasional speci- mens of either are transitional towards the other. To the records already cited by me for subsp. angus- tisegmentum, the following may be added as noteworthy : Notes oN BotrRycHIuM 47 moist base of wooded ravine, southwest bank of Mantua Creek opposite Hurffville, Gloucester County, New Jer- sey, 1941, July 16, FE. T. Wherry & Dorothy 8. Ladow (Univ. Pa.) ; Douglas Lake, Cheboygan County, Michi- gan, 1915, Aug. 10, F. T. McFarland 1115 (in herb. F. T. M.) ; and Rock Harbor, Isle Royal, Keweenaw Coun- ty, Michigan, 1930, July 26, C. A. Brown 3449 (Univ. Mich.). Other records which fill in gaps in the known distribution of subsp. angustisegmentum are from New Haven County, Conn.; Albany, Columbia, Essex and Monroe Counties, N. Y.; Essex Co., N. J.; Elk, Lacka- wanna, Potter and Wyoming Counties, Pennsylvania ; Ashtabula, Geauga and Trumbull Counties, Ohio; and Iron County, Wisconsin. Wright and Crandall (Tor- reya 41: 75. 1941) reported B. 1. angustisegmentum from Rhode Island and W. C. Legg (Amer. Fern Journ. 33: 140-141, 1943) reported it from Preston County, West Virginia. The collection cited above from Hurft- ville, N. J., is my only record from the Coastal Plain. Another is indicated, however, from southwestern Mon- mouth County, N. J., by Chrysler and Edwards in ‘‘The Ferns of New Jersey,’’ map 3. As collectors explore the eastern part of North America more thoroughly, we may expect further extensions of our knowledge of the Tanges of this and other species of the subgenus Eubo- trychium. Several of them may occur as far south as the high peaks of the southern Blue Ridge in western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Such,a possi- bility may well whet our enthusiasm for exploration. DEPARTMENT OF Botany, CORNELL UNIVERSITY. 48 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL The Hart’s-Tongue in Tennessee in 1947 ELEANOR McGILuiarp The Tennessee station for the rare hart’s-tongue is located in Marion County near the small city of South Pittsburg. For several years I had been hoping to re- visit this station, not having been there since 1936 and I finally made the trip October 24, 1947. In my pre- vious paper (1936), I said that the hart’s-tongue had been known in Tennessee to scientists since about 1878. That is true of the South Pittsburg station, but at that time I failed to mention the Post Oak Springs station in Roane County mentioned by Augustin Gattinger in 1849 (Oakes 1932). There seems to be no other record for that station. When Pollard and Maxon visited there in 1900 (Maxon 1900) they found no plants. Tennes- see botanists would like to learn that there is a specimen from Post Oak Springs in some herbarium. Through the Fern Journal and other publications we have a good record of the South Pittsburg station. The most recent paper is the fine one by Dr. Jesse M. Shaver (1945) with complete bibliography. My recent trip, though tentatively planned in the summer as a joint trip with Dr. A. J. Sharp and others from University of Tennessee, rather suddenly took a different form. I knew that Mrs. Mary B. Henry, 4 well-known botanist of Pennsylvania, was planning t0 spend two days in Chattanooga, coming especially for the dedication of a tree to her in our new Elise Chapit Wild Life Sanctuary. On Wednesday, I learned that she would be available for a field trip on Friday. Hasty plans were made and she was invited to make the trip to visit the hart’s-tongue; however, instead of saying _that she made the trip with us, I might say more accu- rately that we made it with her, because she graciously agreed to take her ear. Harrt’s-ToNGue 49 When we arose on Friday morning it was raining, and more rain was predicted. However, it brightened a little and we decided to make the trip as planned, although we knew that unless we could visit the locality about noon on a bright day we would be unable to see into the deep sink-hole. The party included Mrs. Henry, a young man who serves as her chauffeur and general helper in collecting plants, Dr. W. K. Butts, who is head of our Biology Department at University of Chattanooga, Bob Woodfin, a sophomore at the Uni- versity and a resident of South Pittsburg, and me. When we reached South Pittsburg the sky had cleared and the sun shone beautifully during the most im- portant part of our trip. In South Pittsburg Mr. R. L. Lodge joined us. He and his father before him have done much to protect the hart’s-tongue in Tennessee. In 1900, as a small boy he accompanied Dr. Maxon and Mr. Pollard, and with Mr. Pollard descended into the ‘‘sink.’’ He seemed Pleased to guide us on this trip though he told us he was no longer interested ‘‘in high places above deep holes.”’ However, this time it was six-foot Bob who was elected to descend. He had heard of this famous Sink-hole, but this was his first trip to it. His first view of a hart’s-tongzue was just before leaving Chatta- : nooga, when he looked at some specimens in our her- barium. Not being particularly interested in plants, I’m sure he wasn’t too impressed, but after a trip to the bottom of the sink, via a stout fifty-foot rope (a tow- rope from Mrs. Henry’s car), I’m sure he will always have great respect for these ferns. We parked our car near the cement plant at Richard City and began our three-quarter-mile climb. The first Part is along the eastern hillside above Chitty’s Creek, and, it being October, we were midst trees with colorful autumn foliage. Then we dropped into the creekbed,. 50 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL which was quite dry, and clambered among the boulders until we reached the beech trees which are the signal to climb the west bank. This brings us within a few feet of the sink. The place looked somewhat different than I remembered it, partly because two trees have fallen across the opening. A large one which was growing on one of the ledges, down which water cascades so beauti- fully in the spring, completely bridges the hole from its northwest corner to the middle of the eastern rim. This fell several years ago and more recently another, smaller one, had fallen from the northeast and lies approxi- mately at right angles to the first. These definitely hinder one from gaining a clear view of the lower ledges. Our stout rope was anchored to a tree at the north- west corner of the rim and Bob reached the first ledge easily. Here, we had found a large hart’s-tongue in 1935, but now there was none. The soil being wet and slippery, and the next drop more difficult, Bob made it minus his shoes and socks. It is rather precarious, because if one were to drop from the point directly be- low the logical point for the first one, there is simply no place to land. A few feet toward the south there is a good landing place, however, but it cannot be seen from the first shelf. Following directions from above, this descent was made successfully and Bob began his inspection of the lower shelf but seemingly to no avail. is mental picture was of fronds 8-10 inches long, blunt-tipped and with the ventral surface full of sori. Finally, at the north end of the shelf where it sud- denly meets the east wall, we saw something with a broader leaf than those of the large walking ferns which are there in some abundance. We could see them vaguely with our field glasses. Bob told us that there was just one plant with four leaves which were rather pointed and had no sori. I told him to bring the small- est leaf but I didn’t feel encouraged. He made his way Hart’s-Tonaug 51 across the floor of the sink and examined the ledge on the west side. He announced two plants there just like the one on the east. One of these was right at the north end of the ledge and at the end of a great north-south horizontal crack and almost under it, well protected and well sprayed with moisture from the falls. Each of these plants had four fronds, but now has three. Bob brought one from each plant in his shirt pocket. Had we been sure that these were hart’ —— we would have taken no specimens. The floor of the sink was examined toward the south. Here Mr. Graves had sown spores and here Dr. A. J. Sharp had counted twenty baby plants in 1935. These plants had been growing in the midst of a carpet of leafy liverworts which practically covered the floor. Liverworts still covers approximately one-third toward the east side. The rest of the ‘floor is now a mass of small rocks suggesting a hard wash which precipitated all vegetation from that area into the pit at the north end of the sink. When Bob was back on top and the specimens were in my hands, I was pleased. They were fronds of the hart’s-tongue without doubt. The smallest from the smallest plant 24 inches, the larger ones about 4 inches ong. It is impossible to know whether these are the remains of larger plants which somehow suffered the loss of their older, larger fronds and are starting anew or whether they are new plants. The report for the hart’s- tongue in Tennessee in 1947 is not encouraging—only three small plants—but we will hope that these will persist. At least, there are still a few hart’s-tongues left in Tennessee. BIBLIOGRAPHY Maxon, Wm. R. 1900. On the Occurrence of the Hart’s-tongue n America. Fernwort Papers pp. MeGiliiara, Eleanor. 1936. Amer. Fern Journ. 26: 113-122. 52 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Oakes, Henry N. 1932. A brief sketch of the life and eens of Augustin gp oe Journ. Tenn. Acad. Sei Shaver, Jesse M. Some Notes on Tennessee cere Chainferns, ay a American Hartstongue. Journ. Tenn. Acad. Sci. pp. 195-202. UNIversity or CHaTTanooga, CHATTANOOGA, TENNES- SEE. Scott’s Spleenwort in Connecticut JESssE F. Smita According to the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut,’’ published in 1910, two plants of this epee had been found in the state prior to that date. Mr. J. 8. Adams in 1876 found a plant in Canaan, which flourished until 1891; a second plant, at a different station in Canaan, was found by Mr. C. K. Averill in Subsequently, as reported in the 1930 Supplement to this Catalogue, Scott’s Spleenwort was found by Dr. Eames at a third station in Canaan and also in Kent, and in Brookfield by Dr. Eames and Mr. I. W. Starr. In this Supplement also, correction was made of the earlier reports of the finding of Asplenium pinnatifidum -in Berlin, Southington, and Sharon; for preserved speci- mens of these plants, upon re-examination, were iden- tified as unusual forms of Asplenium ebenoides R, RB. Scott. On the basis of these findings it appears that in the last 70 years Scott’s Spleenwort has appeared in six Connecticut towns—on limestone ledges in four towns in the northwestern part of the state, and on shale ledges in two towns in central Connecticut. Early in November, 1945, Mrs. Harry L. Oppenheimer brought me a single frond of Asplenium ebenoides which she had picked from a plant on a shale ledge near her home in the western part of Suffield, Conn. A week later AMERICAN FERN VOLUME 3 Scorr’s SPLEENWORT, WITH WALKING FERN AT THE LEFT 54 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL she was unable to locate this plant for me on the ledge where she had found it, but on a ledge some 25 yards to the north we found another plant. Mrs. Oppenheimer’s specimen, which was sent to the Gray Herbarium for identification, is now in the Her- barium of the New England Botanical Club. The other plant, which survived the winter, flourished during the summer of 1946. In November, 1946, I was able, by using a flash bulb, to get a photograph of it. It is grow- ing in close proximity to a few plants of Walking Fern (Camptosorus rhizophyllus), and only three or four yards distant on the same ledge are several plants of Ebony Spleenwort (Asplenium platyneuron). At the other end of the ledge is a large colony of C. rhizophyllus. Plants of A. platynewron grow on and around this and other ledges in the immediate neighborhood. These ledges rise about four feet above the surface of a wooded Swamp, well shaded by a few large swamp oaks (Quercus bicolor), smaller red maples (Acer rubrum), and scat- tering specimens of Viburnum, Ilex, Hamamelis, and similar shrubs. The general direction of the ledges is north and south; they are tilted to the east at an angle of 30 degrees and the ferns find lodgement in the exposed western and northwestern faces. Conditions now seem to be favorable not only for the persistence of this lone individual, but also for its duplication by reason of the number of plants of the supposed parents in the immedi- ate vicinity. The swamp is not too accessible, is visited — infrequently by any but the owners, and in spring and early summer the feet of the ledges are bathed in water. The property is owned by the Oppenheimer family. The plant is still flourishing in November, 1947. The illustration is from a photograph by Roget Cowles Loomis, of Suffield. SUFFIELD, CONNECTICUT. A FERN REFERENCE 55 A Fern Reference in Seventeenth Century Literature R. C. BENeEpIcT The word fern does not seem to occur at all in the King James’ version Bible and is found only once in Shakespeare—in the oft-quoted reference in ‘‘Henry I’’ to “‘fern seed’? as a prescription for invisibility. Shakespeare does have a reference to ‘‘brakes’’ in “Venus and Adonis,’’ by it seems likely that this does not mean a fern species but is a synonym for ‘‘thickets.’ But if ferns are neglected in these two English clas- Sics of the seventeenth century, their mention in an- other type of literature of the period may be cited. An interest in log cabin life of early colonial times led me to a search for descriptions of various crafts of the Period, including cooking equipment and recipes, and this, in turn, led to a cookbook by a most unexpected author. In a book auction list, a title by Sir Kenelm Dig- by, “‘The Closet of Sir Kenelm Digby Knight Opened’’ was intriguing in itself. Sir Kenelm is cited in most histories of science as the author of several essays. One, “‘The powder of sympathy’’ was given as an address be- fore the Royal Philosophical Society about 1650. In this he ascribes to ‘‘blue vitriol’? the virtue of healing wounds at a distance, and cites from his own experience the case of a stubborn duelling wound which was readily healed when a bloodied cloth was treated with the pow- der. In another essay on plant growth, he describes how the “‘caleined ash’’ of a plant can be caused to recon- Struct the original plant. From this he reasons easily to conclusions regarding the resurrection of the bodies of departed saints, even those who se have been eaten by cannibals, 56 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL But the opened ‘‘closet’’ turned out to be, not another scientific disquisition, but a book of recipes, gathered from various sources, mostly from his highly placed friends in society. Sir Kenelm must have been a man of great social and political endowments. A friend of Francis Bacon and other luminaries, well placed at court and in society in the pre-Cromwellian period, he remained in favor during the Cromwell regime, and on the accession of Charles the Second, was again in royal and social favor. Before giving specific references to the use of ferns in his cookbook, something of the flavor of the times may be given by quotations from the title page and pref- ace. The text here referred to is a 1910 reprint with commentary, published by Philip Lee Warner, 361 Al- bemarle St., W. London. The title page of the original issue contains the following: THE CLOSET OF SIR KENELM DIGBY OPENED ‘Wherein is discovered several ways of making metheglin,, sider, cherry wine, ec. Together with excel- lent directions for Cookery, as also for Preserving, Con- serving, Candying, ete. . ‘‘Published by his Son’s Consent. London, Printed by sh fe for H. Brome, at the Star, in little Britain, 1669. The preface gives clear evidence that the practice of issuing publishers’ blurbs is not something invented dur- ing recent years. Addressed ‘‘To the saints and signed ‘‘Fare-Well,”’ it runs in part: 2 “This collection of pleasing variety and of such useful- ness in the Generality of it, to the Publique, coming to my hands, I should, had I forborn the Publication thereof, have trespassed in a very considerable concern upon my country-men, The like having not in any par- A FERN REFERENCE 57 ticular appeared in Print in the English Tongue. There is no need for Rhetoricating Floscules to set it off. The Authour, as is well known, having been a Person of Eminency for his Learning, and of Equisite Curiosity in his Researches, Even that Incomparable Sir Kenelme Digby Knight, Fellow of the Royal Society and Chancellour to the Queen Mother, (Et omen Heiss. ne) His name does sufficiently Auspicate the Work. . . A considerable part of this incomparable cookbook consists of recipes of various ladies of society for making ‘“‘metheglin’’ and ‘‘meathe.’? Both are derivatives of fermented honey. Metheglin is defined today as ‘‘spiced mead,’’ and ‘‘meathe’’ becomes ‘‘mead’’ in modern Spelling. Ferns are specified in a number of recipes for metheglin, sometimes as one or two of a few herb in- gredients, sometimes almost lost in the variety and num- ber of flowering herbs. The most extensive of the latter, which also includes four kinds of ferns, begins as fol- OWS: : “Take bugloss, borage, hyssop, organ, sweet marjo- Tam, rosemary, French-cowslip, coltsfoot, thyme, burnet, | selfheal, sanicle, a little, betony, blew-buttons, harts- tongue,. meadowsweet, liverwort, coriander, two ounces, bistort, Saint Johnswort, liquorish, two ounces of cara- way, two ounces of yellow saunders, balm, bugle, half a pound of ginger, and one ounce of cloves, agrimony, tormentil-roots, cumfrey, fennel’s-root, clowns-all-heal, maidenhair, wall-rew, sweet-oak, Paul’s-betony, mouse ~ spleenwort.. i ‘For two hogsheads of metheglin, you take we hand- fuls apiece of each herb, excepting sanicle, of which you sey a handful, - The handfuls of herbs, are natural handfuls (as much as you ean take in your hand) not Apothecaries handfuls, which are much less. 58 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ‘¢ | When your water begins to boil, cast in your een and let them boil a quarter of an hour. Then strain it from the herbs. When it is almost cold, put in as much of the best honey as will make it bear an egge, to the breadth of two pence. .’’ ' Another recipe calls for the following: **To eight gallons of the herb decoction, put in two gallons of pure honey, and boil them till the liquor beare an egge the breadth of three pence, or a groat.”’ With this recipe, a caution was added: ‘‘You must observe carefully. 1. Before you set the liquor to boil, to cause a lusty servant (his arms well washed), to mix the honey and water together, labouring it with his hands at least an hour without intermission.’’ Nothing was noted in any of the recipes which throws light on the particular contributions of the ferns to flavor or in other respects. They are not specified in all the metheglin recipes, so that we cannot conclude that they constituted the essential elements which led Digby to call metheglin ‘‘the liquor of life.’’ BROOKLYN COLLEGE. Shorter Notes A Proposep New Genus aNp Faminy or Ferns.—In 1909 the Italian botanist Negri collected in Abyssinia 4 fern with white ceraceous indument which Chiovenda (perhaps because of its marginal sori of only one or tw sporangia) referred to Mohria of the Schizaeaceae and described as M. scioana. This fern has now been re studied by Dr. Pichi-Sermolli of the Colonial Herbarium at Florence. He places it, with obvious correctness, i0 the general vicinity of Cheilanthes. In all gross charac- ters and in its spores, it agrees with that group. He finds, however, that the sporangia are large, very short SHorTER NOTES 59 stalked and of peculiar structure. The annulus is verti- cal, as in all characteristically polypodiaceous ferns, but it is very broad, projects but slightly above the surface of the sporangium, and is formed throughout of narrow cells which are laterally much elongated and none of which are modified to form a stomium. The outer, as well as the inner and lateral, walls of these cells are in- durated—a character which Pichi-Sermolli regards as of great importance. On the basis of these sporangium- characters, he erects for this fern a new genus, Negrip- teris, and a new family, Negripteridaceae Dr. Pichi-Sermolli’s work is admirably ihoreaueh and careful as far as it goes. If it does not carry full con- viction, that is because, like Ching’s restoration of the genus Aleuritopteris, like the proposal and discussion of Sinopteris, it does not go far enough. It does not take into account certain seemingly pertinent facts, particu- larly concerning American members of the Cheilantheae. In that group generally, oligosporangiate sori are not rare and short-stalked sporangia are the rule rather than the exception.? Pichi-Sermolli states that his fern re- sembles Cheilanthes farinosa in habit. It is much more like Notholaena rigida Davenp. of Mexico; indeed, ex- cept for the scaly rachis and the less dissected apex of the blade, Pichi-Sermolli’s figure could easily be taken for that species. In America also there is in various white-ceraceous species conventionally referred to No- tholaena a tendency, developed to different degrees in different species, toward sporangia with a broad, flat annulus composed of narrow, laterally elongated cells. __ 1 Pichi-Sermolli, Rodolfo. N teridaceae e Negripteris, nuova Famiglia e nuovo ’ Genes pout ales. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 53: 129-169, pl. 14-16. 1946. *It is not y very surprising that these things should have been overlooked. No ‘one except Gustav Kunze seems to have tak € trouble to look at or draw sporangia in this ons, ‘and he én, roy oe. upon the extreme cases. See also Copeland, Gen 60 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Notholaena trichomanoides and N. Greggii are examples. Moreover, the annulus in thesé species passes into a large and broad stomium, the greatly elongated cells of which have dark, more or less indurated walls. It would be necessary only to lengthen somewhat the already elong- ate cells of the annulus and to thicken the walls of the stomium-cells to produce a structure like that in Pichi- Sermolli’s figures. Judging from Christensen and Ching’s illustrations, this has been very nearly accom- plished in Sinopteris. The stomium is there reduced to - two cells, thinner-walled than those of the annulus, but otherwise quite like them.® . We have, then, scattered cases of modification of spo- rangial structure which, taken together, form a broken, but recognizable, series leading in the direction of the extreme in Negripteris. They occur in species very dif- ferent in habit, structure of scales, etc. Indeed these species have little in common, outside the general fea- tures of the Cheilanthes-group, except the waxy indu- ment; and that occurs also in groups totally different in habit, sorus-structure and spores—that of Notholaena nivea for instance. It would seem, then, that sporan- gial structure is, in the Cheilanthes alliance, only one of a series of characters which vary widely and quite independently. Their pattern and interplay is highly complicated; I cannot see that our understanding of it is furthered by the setting up of genera and families — based on the extreme development of a single feature. As I have had oceasion to say before, it is far better to — hold to conventional genera, however artificial, until, by _ ree teris is primitive, as Pichi-Sermolli su stomium might be regarded as a relict of the original structure, — left behind, as it were, by the progressive specialization of the — annulus proper. 5 SHorter Nores 61 cautious and thorough comparative study of all their details, we can arrive at a just sense of proportion.— . A. WeatHersy, Gray Herbarium. PoLysticHum Braunu 1x Bucks County, PENNSYL- VANIA.—The distribution of Braun’s Holly-fern (Poly- _ stichum Braunii) in Pennsylvania was discussed some years ago by the writer in the Fern Journal.1 Mention was made of its occurrence in southern Sullivan County, in northern Wayne County, and at a new locality (South Sterling) in the southern part of Wayne County. The discovery by the writer of a single plant growing Spontaneously near Morrisville, in Bucks County, Penn- sylvania, about 100 miles south of its known limit at South Sterling, occasions considerable speculation about its origin. . The plant is growing in a retaining wall about six inches from the ground. When found in May- of this year, it had only one living frond (two had re- cently been trimmed off) and the bases of three or four of last year’s fronds. By the middle of June two more fronds were uncurling. It is a plant of several years growth. There is a remote possibility that this plant had been growing among the rocks in the adjoining lot, whence the stones now in the wall had been removed in the process of digging a cellar. At this point there is an outcropping of quartz and schist in such a manner as to leave many deep pockets between the rocks. But it Scarcely seems likely that a colony of the fern had ex- isted there The aE Pa es of wind-blown spores presents an- Other possibility. The writer has had a few good plants of this species growing in his garden for about 12 years; they are about 200 feet from the wall. Also a dealer in eee neeiaianly 131: 27, 1941. 62 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL native plants about a mile away has had a few specimens for five or six years. A check with the owners of this property brings no possibility that it may have been used in landscaping the place. Its location in the wall indicates that whether it came from spores or as a living plant only chance di- rected its coming. Whether one is to consider this single plant as an extension of range the writer willingly leaves to more energetic minds, but its occurrence here so far away from its previously known stations furnishes inter- esting material for the study of plant distribution.— W. L. Drx, Morrisville, Pennsylvania. Fern Pickine In New Yorxk.—It has been some time timé since the commercial gathering of ferns has been discussed in the pages of the Journal. This industry sprang into being shortly after the turn of the cen- tury, when it was found that fern fronds picked in late summer and early autumn could be kept over the win- ter in cold-storage. The early reports were: ‘$30,000 Paid Fern Pickers’’ (a reprint of a newspaper article), vol. 4, p. 28 (1914) ; ‘‘The Fern-picking Industry,’’ by E. J. Winslow, vol. 6, p. 19 (1916); and ‘‘Commercial Fern Gathering,’ by S. H. Burnham, vol. 9, p. 88 (1919). These early reports all discussed the ines as it existed in Vermont at the time. Fern picking is now common in Sullivan County, New York, beginning as early as June, when many people gather ferns directly for the florists. Beginning in August the ferns are gathered for cold-storage in Albany, New York, or Jer- sey City. As in Vermont, the fern chiefly used is the American wood-fern or ‘‘fancy-fern’’ (Dryopteris ™- termedia). The sterile fronds are the most acceptable, but some stages of the fertile fronds can be used also. RecENT Fern LITERATURE 63 The ferns are gathered only in dry weather, for wet fronds are not satisfactory. Up through 1919, the price paid was 40 cents for bunches of a thousand fronds, and it was stated that an expert picker could gather up to 20,000 fronds a day. At the present time the price is from $1 to $1.25 per thousand and a good ‘‘picker’’ gathers from 7,000 to 10,000 fronds a day. This seems to indicate that the pickers are not as energetic as formerly, or, more likely, that the ferns are not as abundant in Sullivan County as they were in Vermont. It would be interesting to have a report on the pres- ent condition of the industry in Vermont. A good many fern-lovers felt that such extensive commercial exploita- tion might lead to the gradual extermination of the ern in the state——EmMa DreEssEL. Recent Fern Literature The Gardener’s Chronicle (n. ser. 120: 301. 1946) re- ports that Mr. F. F. Nicol, of Furnace, Argyll, Scotland, believes he has found a new use for bracken. He has patented a process for making from it boards suitable for wall-linings. If the process proves successful, farm- ers whose land has been invaded by this enterprising fern can get some income from it.—C. A. WEATHERBY. Dr. William A. Murrill has published privately’ a little book entitled merely ‘‘Ferns.’’ Part I consists of a story, concerned with the education of a boy. It has a bio- graphical flavor, except presumably as to the hero’s gets of invisibility ! Part II, entitled ‘‘Ferns,’’ is a rambling account of some of the ferns of the eastern and southern United States, It contains abbreviated descriptions of 67 Species, a few drawings and photographs, some simpli- fied keys, and a number of local lists. Part III, entitled 1947 ems”? by W. A. Murrill, Gainesville, Florida, pp. 1-96, 64 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ‘Primitive Green Plants’’ discusses the mosses, liver- worts, and algae briefly and gives a list of some of the species collected by the author in Alachua Co., Florida.— Cs. Ve M: American Fern Society. NEw MEMBERS Mr. Elmer M. proud i 314 Beaver a Ps gage ge Mea st Mrs se ap on, eect ica Roa Bath, Maine. Mrs. M. mepia 5 As ie gor Mr. John geheennaed Cook, 383 mona State aN oo Oe 8, N. J. rs. W. Keating Johnson, Ridge ee above City Line, Rox- borough, Philadelphia an, Pe nnsylv Prof. Pierre Lyonnet, Colegio Cohekal Calon: Sadi Carnot 38, Mexico City, Mexico. CHANGES OF ADDRESS Dr. Sullivan ae 1004 Lynch Building, J eee Mae Florida. Dr. F. EB. erg, 1631 gore St., Honolul AD & Be Mr. etal pies 1502 Myra Ave., Los pers ey 27, California. Mr. ard P. Kearsley, Box 205, Forest Park P. O., Spring- a Shanbciienas a Weld Morgan, 54 West St., Worcester, Massachusetts. r. R. M. Myers, Western “Tiinois State College, Macomb, Illinois. ic James Neeman, Twin Trees, Garberville, California. . : bert P. St. Me Cedrie Sydney, Holmes Nursery, Penrose, North Ca rolina. Mrs. Mary F. Somerville, 305 N. Prince St., Shippensburg, Pa. rs. Alice F. Tryon, iinet Botanical Garden, St. Louis 10, Mo. Dr. R. M. Tryon, Jr., Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis 10, Mo. **Guide to Eastern Ferns,’’ by Dr. Edgar T. Wherry, has been reprinted by the University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia 4, Pa., to which orders for copies should now be sent. It has been necessary to raise the price to $2.00 per copy, but discounts will be given for quantity orders, and to the trade. AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY. INC. = Membership List Revised to June 1, 1948 Supplement to the American Fern Journal Vol. 38, No. 2 »— (#* Charter Member; + Life Member) Honorary Members Campbell, Dr. Douglas Houghton, Leland Stanford Univer- sity. Calif. “Clute, Prof. Willard Nelson, 5257 Hinesley Ave., Ind- Wiaters, Dr. bell E., 5812 Chevy Chase Parkway, stare, De. Camp : Acker, Roy M., Dept. of Botany, University of Chicago, aqutieage 37, T. te ae » Prof. -eig Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cam- on, Dr. ¥. As, Dept. of Botany, University of Towa, Towa City, Iowa App, Miss Marjorie, Box 750, Route 3, Fresno, Calif. tr fob Liberty Hyde, Ithaca, N. Y. — Harriet E., 1927 Buckingham Rd., Los Ange~ Baker William H, 454 North 29th St., Corvallis, Ore. Ballard, Mr. F., Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Surrey; Xe » Dr. H. H.; seididssumaniaian Ann Arbor, gg & a PEER EEE — Mr, Bill, 155 N, Old Orchard, Webster Groves 19, Bean, Ralph C., 48 Emerson St., sp ca ogee 1920 Beardslee, Urs, John W., Jr, 25 Seminary Pl., New Brunswick, N. J. 194 aBechtol, L, As, me Almont Savings Bank, —e Mich. 1946 Beck, sa Walter, Innisfree, Millbroo! ok, N a & 19 Bedell, patives, i1ou4 Lynch Bldg., Jacksonville, 1947 Benedict, Jo Eos et 945 Pennsylvania Ave., N. We, ashington, D. ¢ 1923 a Dre Ralph Curtiss, 1819 Dorchester Rd., Brook~ lyn 26, N. Ye 1905 Benson, Dr. Lyman, Pomona ees Claremont, Calif. 1945 Berko, Stephen "ey, 305 Camp A otis Pa. 1947 Betts, Edgar H., 1904 Fifth Pose °3 "Troy, 1941 s Bertha Earle, 12 Boynton St., cael 25 SS. 1944 Billington, Cecil, 21060 Thirteen Mile Rd., Birmingham, oi 1 s Bissell, Mrs, A, Viola, Route 5, Box S9A, Watsonville, — Calif. Blake, Mrs, Anson Sey Rincon Rd, Nr. Arlington AVG@es — 8, Calif, 1945 Blake, Dr. 5. Fe, 2817 First a, Ne, Arlington, Va. 1945 Blomquist, Prof. He. L., Dept. of Botany, Duke Univer- sity, Durham, Ne Ce 1954 re Urs. David C., Rosalind Gardens, Dobbs Ferry, hati Miss Florence, 117 N. Ewing St., Lancaster,Ohio 1947 =. Prof. Ee Lucy, Re Re 13, Box an Cincinnati 30, 20 Brettle, Mrs. A. C., 159 Pleasant Ave., Hamburg, Ne ¥Y. 1935 Britton, spa M., University of Virginia, Charlottes- ville, Broadley, K @, Pe o, Box 1260, Honolulu, T. H. 1944 » Maurice G., West Virginia University, Morgan- tom, W. Va. 1926 Broun, Maurice, Hawk Mountain Sanctuary, Re D. 2, “emp- ton, Pa. 1934 Brom, Mrs, Haydn Le, Main St., Atkinson, N. H. 1947 Brown, Hubert H., 9 Halford Ave., Toronto 9, Canada 1926 Brow, Dr. iy EegBiology Dept. “arquette University, Milwaukee gsi 1941 » Easterly P. 0., +, 1936 , Newell Jey eens E. Falling Heath - Pl, Milwaukee sie Wise. 1948 ge Mrs, lindsay, 5109 Plymouth St., Jacksonville, 1946 Campbell, Dr. Douglas Houghton, Leland Stanford Univer- sity, Calif. 1915 Canan, Miss Elsie D., 1023 uSieene Rd. Johnstown, Pa,1935 +Capp, Seth Bunker, P. 0. Box 2054, Philadelphia, Pa, 1915 Carlson, Mr, T. 0., 16 filicrest Rds » Mountain Lakes, N. J. 1946 Ss aa Mrs. T. 0., 16 Hillcrest Rd., Mountain Lakes, ede 1934 Carroll, Col, Robert P., Virginia Military Institute, Le: n, Vas 1928 Chamberlain, Glen De, 22 Academy Ste, Presque ed = ay 1939 Chandler, Albert, 221 W. Washington Ave., Kirkwood theesborough, Mrs. Fe Ee, 1611 Church St., Galveston, 1945 saad > Elmer K., 314 Beaver Ave., West Aliquippa, Pa, 1948 “a? Richard B., Jr., 233 Winona Avee; a Aaeasigie = an holm; Mrs. lends b., Proctor, Vte 1925 yee rs, Elsie ¥., 1050 Be Garvey St., Garvey, 1946 Clark, Mrs, B, oe es Marlboro Ste, Boston, Mass. 1928 Clarke, Miss Gladys, - Box 5 Brookfield, I 1 Clausen, Dr, Robert nS ae f Botany, Cornell Univer- Sity, Ithaca, N. Y. Clokey, Ira We, 1635 Laurel St., South Pasadena, Calif. *lute, Prof. Willard Nelson, 5257 Hinesley gore Ind- Cobb, seo Seg Zl E. 26th Bes 9 a York 10, N. Yo nstantin ine, Thomas S,, 72 Terrace, Katona, Ne Ys 1936 os —s Hutchinson, 383 West “gtat Ste, Trenton 8, 1948 dd "William B,, 17184 Pullman $ Wash, 1959 Correll, Donovan” S., 9202 Old Sinlenseeg sgt Silver ee ae 1936 Coury, > he Mey Ps 4 Box 705, Greenville, S+ Os 1947 exander, Valleyfield, Pencuik, ert hian, Scotland Craine, Mrs, Z. We, 155 North Broad Ste, Norwich, Ne Ye 1944 Dane, Mrs, Ernest B » Roughwood, Chestnut Hill, Mass. 1925 Darling, Cyrus, Sty i93, Westboro, os Se rte Deam, Charles Clemon, R, D. 5, Bluffton, Ind. Delafield, urs, in i 17 E. 79th Py New York, eae 1925 —— Dr. Delaie, Arkansas State College, Jonesboro DePrang, irs, T, M., Grover City, Calif, Derickson, Prof, Samuel H., Lebanon Valley College, So Newburgh Ne Ye 1042 : 1938 Dix, <4 Le; 801 Crow Ste, Morrisville, Dele, W. Herbert, 23 Overlook ca West Cleané: Doray, yy Bs Ai 560 White S a “a Bete Doubleday, Mrs Dressel, Mrs. Tuma R , Star pte Th peer Manor, s Dunbar, Henry F., Arrowhead Farm, R. D. 5, Kingston, » Robert, 136 Woodland Rd., Chestnut Hill, Mass Dunham, Mrs. F. G., 450 Beverly Rd., Ridgewood, N. re Dunlop, Douglas W., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee “eg William, Brooklyn Botanie Garden, Brooklyn 25, i Earle, Re Se, 1OLA Charles St,, Boston 14, Mass Earle, Dr. T. Te, Dimwiddie Hall, Tulane University, New Srleans uth, Conn. Sidney K., 5110 Friendship Ave., Pittsburg, raisin, Osear 0,, 2646 No. Williams Ave,, Portland 12, Edmondson, A. He, Re Fs De 1, Forestville, Upper Marl- boro, Md, Edwards, James L., 17 Stanford Fase, | Montelair, N. J. Egan, Mrs. He As, Cobb, Lake Co., Cal Elliot, Rev, E. he, South Stoke Pps Nr. Reading, Berkshire Emmons, Edwin Thayles, 177 Lewis Ste, Geneva, N. ¥. Essene, Mrs, Edna, Route 1, Box » Alexandria, Va. Evans, Miss Lucile, Apt. D, 2129 E, Kermood Blvd., Mil- waukee ll, Wisc. Eveleth, Dr. Fe. Sey 12 Court Ste, Concord, N, He Ewan, Joseph, Dept. of Botany, Tulane University, New Orleans 15, La, Fagley, Dr. Frederick hes 287 Fourth Aves, New York 10, i, Featherly, H, I., Dept. of Botany, Oklahoma A, & Li, College, Stillwater, Okla. Ferril, urs, We Ces 2123 A tad Ste, rgd 5, Colo. seer opal e Russell, 5130 Connecticut Ave., Washing- ton, De Fisher, Beek , 611 W. Pierce ie Houston 6, Tex. ie ag Thorleif, > 128 Kenilworth Rd., Mountain e385 ene: Seville, University of Utah, Salt lake City 1, Foote, hirs. Caroline C,, 1105 Park Ave., New York 28, re Fosberg, Dre Fe Re, 1631 Liholiho Stes Honolulu, T. He Freeland, Mrs, Montella, Rt. 1, Box 114, Central Point, Frick, Dre T. As, Dept. of Biology, Lincoln Memorial University, Harrogate, Tenne Furey, Bartley G., 278 Bayview Ave., Freeport, Ne Y. 1947 wi, tas” lirs. John Zell, 2210 Riverside rorkye, Houston Texas Gebert, J 5 Le, Box APA, New Iberia, La, ley, 1942 aioe, | Kasson S., 417 Cumberland Ave., Chevy Chase,Md, 1938 Gilbert, Neal W., 7809 Morningside Aves, N. We, Wash= On, D. Gilmore, Howard, 97 Holland Rd., Prookline, 1941 Glynn, John W, K., 56 Northfield Rds, New fochels ey 1944 Grace, W. hss 92 Anzac uganui, New Zealand 1944 Grannis, Mrs. J. rials. Flemingsburg, Alfred A Grant, re » Sugar Grove, Warren seg Pas 1941 Graves, Dr. Arthur Harmount, 255 So. Main Ste, ford, Conn 1935 Graves, Miss B, Irene, 237 Summer St., Bridgewater, #Greene, F. C., Biltmore Arms Apt., 900 E. 9th Ste, ony Wesley 0., 1000 Chenron Court, Pasadena 2, oritfat, Mrs. Ce P., 41 Lake View Park, Rochester 13, eee Sroff, Dr. Harold K,, 18 So. Duke St,, Lancaster, =~ 1945 Groff, Miss Mary E., Charles Rd, 4 "De 6, Lancaster seas Pa, Gunnison, Mrs, Re Ms, Quaker Acres, Pawling, Ne Y- 1941 Haas, Dr. Flora Anderson, 1917 Hebermeh » Bugene Res coke 8 Se sig oe Ste, Milwaukee, Hale, Mrs +, Hopkinton Rd., Concord, Ne H. 1945 + Annie T Bally Ars, Sarkotee Ce, 1633 Ealoma Aves, Berkeley, 1923 enbeck, Mr, Esly, 14 Washington Rd., Scotia, N. Y» 1938 Hamilton, hg "We Ie, Foster's Point rg i Sig ES Bath, Maine potlow, Richard C., 152 ¥, Main Ste, Westminster, Md, 1940 Harrison, Martin B., 506 University. aes Tieehs te de 104? Hauber, Mrs, Me Nes a De 1, pty © N, Y. Hayes, Elm S ble New Haven, Comme Mrs. Edwin 1934 Hazen, Dr. H, ee 1911 Re Ste, Ne We, Washington, D. Co fra Higman, Harry W., 1320 E, 6Srd. Ste, Seattle, Wash, 19 lo Miss Clara S., 152 Glen Ave., Millburn, N. J. 1941 Hiss, Mrs. Berry, c/o W. H. Coox, Sandy Hook, Conn. 1936 Hollister, J. M., 1302 ‘ord Rd., Schenectady, N.Y. 1945 House, Dr. H D., Education Bldg., Albany, N. ¥ 1918 Houston, Horace K., 715 Commerce Title Bldg., 3, Tenn 1946 Howard, Miss Freda C., 7 St. Clair St.,Ticonderoga,N.Y. 1947 Hi eyes Miss Mary E., Mary Baldwin College, Staunton, ake » Francis Welles, Washington St., Wellesley. 81, Mass. 1915 Hutchinson, Mrs. Susan W., 720 Cumberland Rd., Glendale 2, Calif. 1923 agi 141-20 75rd _— Flushing, N. Y. 1940 cir PON » 3169 18th St., N. W., Washington, D. Cc. 1940 Jackson, Mrs. Alberta C., Millpond House, Readfiela,Me. 1947 James, Miss Lois E., Whittier College, Whittier, Calif. Jehlen, C. F., 16 Livingston Ave., Yonkers 5, N. qi 1956 Jemings, Otto Emery, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pa. 1911 Johnson, Mrs. W. Keating, Ridge Pike, Roxborough, Phila- del «8, ae Clyde 13 “Ohio State University, Columbus 10, ° Jones, Prof. G. Neville, University of Dllinois, Urbana, 1 Jurica, Hilary S., St. Procopius College, Lisle, Di. 1919 Kaye, Fred, 1750 Camilos St., Glendale, Calif. Kearsley, Edward P., Box 205, Forest Park P. 0., Spring- fiela, "unas. 1947 Key, Mrs. J. Frank, Buena Vista, V. 1947 Bs gc ‘,. Smithsonian thw? tation, Washing- ton 25, = Gs 1916 gre iS N. Be; 538 Locust Ave., Germantown, Phila- 1925 hia , Qe satberedgs, Miss Elsie M., 97 Main St., Vergennes, Vt. 1922 Knable, John P., II, 615 Auberson Ave., Pittsburg 6,Pa. 1942 Knight, William A., 175 Oneida Stes St. Augustine, Fla. 1931 Knobloch, Sea Michigan State College, 1 Knotek, Joseph C., 2021 abe hag _——— Wisc. 1947 Knowlton, Clarence Hinckley, 24 Elm St., Hingham, Mass. 1911 Kocniger, Mrs. oe 9134 Park Lane South, Wood- haven 21, N. Y, 1945 Koster, Hollis, Green Bank, 1940 ozloff, Eugene, 01944 S. ¥ ep Hill Rd., Port- land 2, Ore. 1948 LaVance, William J., P. 0. Box 47, Elma, Wash 1947 Lawton, Dr. Elva, Hunter College, 695 Park Ave. 5 New York, N. Y. 1926 Henry Goddard, 170 E, 64th St., New York ss N.Y.1944 ike” Paul W., 1942 Crane Ave., Cincinnati 7, 1947 LeCrenier, Miss Jeanne, 36 Robbins Drive, Wea field 9, Conn 1945 Legg, We Ce; Mount carga West Virginia 1941 Lentsch, Mrs, es 4090 Portland Rd., Salem, Ore. leonard, Emery C,, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, De Cc, 1920 Lewis, Clarence M,, 1000 Pari: Ave., New York, N 1935 Liggett, W. Bs, 700 Swathmore Lane, Unive ae Prectes Mo.1940 Lippincott, Dr. Rebecca C,, 122 W. Main St., Moorestom, N. qs, 1931 tch, C. i, 7 Pearl St., Fitchburg, Little, Elbert L., Jr., 924 20th St. sont, Arlington, se loettiex, Robert J., 119 Broad Ste, Syracuse, N.Y. 1947 loew, Prof. E. eg Huntington College, 916 Himes Stes Huntington, 38 ingt Ind tlogue, Dr. Everett G., First National Bank Bldg., Will- iamsport, is Long, Dr. Bayard, 250 Ashbourne Rds, Elkins Park, iladelphi Looser, Gualterio, Casilla seth, Sautlago | Gs: Chile co lord, firs, M, L., 121 Clay Ste, Burl orenz, Elmer J,, 5227 El Rio "Aves, Los iotiae 41, Calif, 1941 tlowe, Mrs, Frank Be, Box 65, Harrison, pseu 1917 lowes, Albert %. fF. 0, Box 1531, Providens o See oy » Arthur, 2457 Parker Place, H rola, FF 1941 n Dre arold Llo wba llet-o: rai eet He a Meidks 5 ; 1911 Iyonnet, P ror. Pierre, ; ted gare: Colon, Sadi 38, Mexico D 1948 McAvoy, Miss Blanch, 108 West Ash Street, Normal, Dl. 1920 aw, Orin P,, 135 South Mountain Rd., Pittsfield, waotasti1 1, Allan, ites ewan Victoria, Australia 1925 we smog Dr. Robert H , 514 Kinzie Ave., Savannah, MeLeary, James iss Depts of Botany, Arizona State Colle» Tempe, Arizon ser Scott, 7 The John H, Holliday Park, 6349 No. Spring Sea Rd., Indianapolis 5, 1944 MeCoy, P . Thomas N., Hickman High School, Hickman, oe Ky. — Gladstone W., 435 Woodward Way N. W., Atlan- 3 MeFatand, Prof, Frank T., Depte of Botany, University — f Kentucky, Mei tiand, Miss Eleanor, Dept. of Biology, University of Chattanooga, Pkantensas Tenn. 1955 inp ei Dre — L., Dept. of Botany, University of Mann, Me — IDey “825 Locust Stes rea Ne Je 1940 enticed, « William, 371 Kenwood Ave., Delmar, N. Y. 1922 perry ag Ee » 1515 Garfield Av€es Soush Pasadena, alif, 1928 ee Miss Clara G., 270 So. State Ste, Westerville, Ohi 1915 Marsh, Mrs. Spencer S., Midwood Terrace, Madison, N. J. 1927 Masek, John, Apopka, Fla. 1933 Massey, Prof. - Des Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, 1935 Mathews, Mrs, Se Rey Rt. 2, Box 96, Shre » a. 6 uatthens, Dr. Vi Des Coker College, Hartsville, S.C. 1940 avro, Mr, Ses 2643 Ne We 2 Miami 37, Fla. pie Miss a 18 Glenside Rd., South Orange, N. J. 1942 » Cla » 40 Manor Rd., Box 455, Fairfax, . kiiine, Bre De M., Room 805, Bank Commerce Bldg., Port- aha Moore, Sees. Dwight HM., University of Arkansas, Fayette- ville, Ark, 1935 Moore, Drs George T., Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis 10, Mo. 1915 peed. Miss Jewel, Dept. of —— Arkansas State eachers College, Comway, 1947 toores Dr. John We, Ay vg of ree University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn 1946 Morgan, “aan Weld, 54 West Street, Worcester, Mas 1945 Morton, C. V., Smithsmian Institution, Mashing?on,D.C. 1940 Moss, Mrs. C. Es, Box 1176, Johannesburg, Africa 1916 Moul, Edwin T., Macfar- es Uni eisuesite- of Pemeyi= vania, Mutchler, Miss wR TL We 8th Ste, Bayonne, Ny Je 1942 e Re Me, Western Lilinois State College, Macomb, Ill, 1947 Neeman > Twin Trees, Garberville, Celif. 1947 Neidor?, poe pe 127 cen Cannon St., New Tork, Ne Ye 1937 Newell, Chauncey Jackson, Alstead, N. Nicholis, Mr. Arch, 3800 Blenkinsop ta, Victoria, B.C. 1946 Norton, Leroy F., Box 123, Presque Isle, Maine 1941 Norvell, David Lee, Ee 2525 N, Atamont Blvd., Spokane lo, Wash, pes og Miss Elmira Elsie, 951 Baldwin Ave., 4A, Norfolk en Oechler, Mir. & Mrs. Dale Ges c/o Je Fe Anderson, Short ogden, tes. Ee Ceo, 20 Myrtle St., Orono, Cre 1937 We Le “; 111 So. Weave iver’, Springfiel , Miss + Elsie, State Normal Schock, gone Cen-— ter, "Tte 1940 Qsterlund, P fe 131225 140th Ste, So. Ozone Yark, New rk, N.Y. 1920 Otis, Dr, Mabel H,, 815 Fifth Ave. Bldgs, Moline, 121. 1385 Palmer, Mr. E, J,, 321 So, Main B Stns Webb City, Mo 1909 Palmer, Dr. Theodore Sherman, 1939 Biltmore 5t., Ne Wes Washington, D. C. i911 Ling H. Be, P, 08 Pe 1063, College Sta., Texas 1938 tnode, John S., 24 Clinton Ave., Pittsfield, Mass, 1945 Pittocsin” Mrs, Barbara H., 69 Elm St., Gardiner, #e, 1942 Perry 1941 erry, Amos, Enfield, Middlesex, Engl ° ge H,, 175 E, eaman Aves, Freeport, N, Y, Peterson, lirs, E., 11305 N. E, 2nd 8, Fla.1931 Arizona, Tucson, ee ermolli, Dr. Rodolfo » 4 Via Lamormora, Florence, a Bremer Whidden, 5 Boyleston St., Cambridge, Poole, Dr. James P,, Dept. of Biology, Dartmouth be yaF tanov E N > ® +e —— Roy, 1139 LaBrea Ave., Inglewood, Calif. 1947 Pretz, Harold Hey 123 So. 17th ‘Ste, met ies Foon Pa, 1909 Pevstor, Seeree Re, Botanical Laboratory, University of sylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. 1938 Pyle, “rs, Hazel Riley, 153 East Ave., Hampton, Va. 1942 Nebr, Renibert, Mrs, R, U,, Rockledge, Fla. Richards, Mrs, ther Ate ., Walnut Cottage, South +Rapp, William F,, Gaylord Hial1, Doane College, Crete, ek be 3 1944 cag gees Ne Hs 1939 Rogers, Mrs, Charles H., ae Hadh.ve Aves, Princeton, N.J.1941 Rogers, lire, Je Bard 3107 U; » Eureka, Calif, 1948 10, oe S. Frank (Anna “e gts E, 40th Ste, Brooklyn Rage, Prot, Harold Goddard, Box 187, Dartmouth College, a. dor Mies Hester M,, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn toot Rust, H, B., 1507 Ridge Road, Birmingham 9, Ala 1944 Sadler, Hiss Nettie M,, 503 Allen St., Syracuse 10, N.¥.1942 St. John, Dr, Edward, Floral City, Cities cov, Flas | 1986 t. John, Robert ?., R. D. 2, Newark, Del. 1984 » Sre José, Colegio Cristobal Colon, Sadi Carnot 58, Hexico D. F., Mexico he Seaman, Miss Edith, 474 Portland Rde, Schmidt, iiss Claudia, 39 Ely Ave., West ous, non Schmidt, Miss Dagmar, Box 794, dope ary Calif. 1947 promt diary "ts Ruth Olive, Dept. f Botany, Florida State College for Women, T: 5 has Schulte, Miss Muriel B., 701 eiantaa . Newark 8,N.J. tr Schuurman, Mr. J. A., Plein 23, The Hague, oo 1934 Scully, Dr. Francis J., 904 Medical Arts Bldg., Springs, Ark. 1934 mpi ot ru Miss Elizabeth H., 205 No. Valenia St., Alham- 1946 aoa SS ee ames H., 4800 Prospect Rd., Peoria 4, Tl. 1941 — iiss Ruth, “253 Charlotte St., Lancaster ne Pa. 1932 Seymour, George W., Keuka Park, Ya toe a pie 1941 SS} r. Aaron J., Dept. of atin a mei of Tennessee » Knoxville 16, goad vere Sharpe, Dr. HM. R., Lxbri ridge, Shaver, Prof. J. i ; Peabody cae » Nashville 4,Tenn. 1934 tShields, Edward M., 100 South Darlington St., Wiest Ches- ter Pa, Sidney, Cedric, Holmes Nursery, Penros se, N.C. 1941 Siebold, Mrs. Mary, 333 Roosevelt Ave., Pomona, Calif. 1944 fiss 1954 ’ » Kissime Slater, Mrs. Elsie, 516 Prospect Ave., EL Paso, Texas 1938 tSlater, William A., c/o Gulf Refining Co., P. 0. Box 1166, Pittsburg, _ 1933 Slusser, Mrs. Lewis D., 77 Rhodes Ave., Akron, Ohio 1946 —— br. Albert C., pag whe Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, = 19 a. A. V., Central High School, Washington, D. C. 1939 Smith, Ewart G., 147 High St., Christ Church, New Zea- nd 1927 ~— Mrs. Frank C., Jr., 32 Cedar St., Worcester 2, o 19) saith, ‘Ere, Marion L. P., The Gilbert Institute, Paget, 27 Raymon : aciep Weatherby, Mrs. Charles A., 27 Raymond St., Cambridge 40, Hass. 1914 West, Erdman, Florida £ oe Sta., University of Florida » Gainesville, 1942 Wherry, De get Tes Sei veretes of Pennsylvania, 1918 Whitehead, jai "abe Virginia Ave., Berkeley,4, Calif. 1936 ee aS. Urs, Elsie U., 274 Main Avenue South, Albany - 19 Wiezins , Dre tra L., Dudley Herbarium, Stanford Univer- » Calif. 1932 Wiley, Miss Farida A., American Museum of Natural Hist- ory, New York 24, Ne Ys 1927 Wilkens, Hans, 424 South 15th St., Reading, 1927 Piinslow, Evelyn James, 179 So. Lincoln Stes 08m <_ 1902 eg Serey Mrs. He Fe, 5206 Greenfield Ave., Los Angel Wright, Miss Mary Fe, 231 Winona St., Mhiladelphia 44, Qe 1925 Young, John P., Renwick Drive, Ithaca, N. Y. 1920 cae Miss Grace S,, 960 Columbus Rd., Burlington, on George E., Brooks School, North Andover, Mass, 1944 THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB MEMBERSHIP Including Bulletin, Memoirs, and Torreya, $5.00 a year PUBLICATIONS Bulletin. Monthly, except July, August and Sentelshes? estab- lished 1870. Price $6.00 a year; single numbers 75 cents. rd Bimonthly; established 1901. Price $1.00 a year. Manuscripts intended for publication in the Bulletin or should be addres W. Ricker, Editor, The New Y i ical Garten. Bronx Park (Fordham Braneh P. Oy, .), New York Occasional, established 1889. Price, $3.00 to $5.00 a pe remegs 100 miles of ae York Ci City, 1888. Price $1.00. eRe OL iptions and other business communications + We SG) dressed to to the Trea , Harold N. Mol a See ne x oo Bronx Park (Fordham Branch P.O.), D ork City. CASTANEA Devoted to the botany of the interesting Southern a eo eee "Published « Quarterly. é o ee English wholly devoted to Mosses, Hepatics, a bichon: Bi pee ; illustrated; for the beginner as well ae ‘the professional. ee subscription in the United eee Pe 50, including membership in the SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY. h free service of Curators for fertae = Dr. WINONA H. WELCH, DePa uw iskieleg Greencastle, _ Indiana, or Dr. A. J. SHARP, University Tennessee, Knoxville, Te: ences PLANTS and GARDENS New Non-technical Journal Published Quarterly by the Broo Botanic Garden Volume 3—1947 Spring Issue: Plants of the perme Family. Summer Issue: Perennials and s er-blooming trees and shrubs. Autumn Issue: Spring-blooming ‘bulbs ae autumn planting. Winter Issue: Digests of — fieant articles from the horticultural litera apes be had at $9 each, and the later volumes at $7.50 each, The Seeeey, Se ae BOTANIC GARDEN Washington A: rooklyn 25, N. ¥., U. 8S. A. BOOLOGY ee ee to Envir t eal Editor: ‘Doxaup E. Oxatst=D : Sn eit ara a PARK : 8 Quarterly. O Publica: f the E logical : ones shits SE Satecrigé Subscription,” $8 a tee . mplete volumes . Jan. to Oct.). Foreign postage, cen additional. ae © 3 each. eee pa muuoers, C00 ee = A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS © AMERICAN FERN 5 ad Che American Hern Soriety Connril for 1947 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR JosEPH Ewan, Department of Botany, Tulane University, New Orlea ns, La, President W. DoE, 23 Overlook Ave., W. Orange, N. Vice-President Mrs. Euste Gisson WHITNEY, 274 South Main Ave., Albany, N. Y. . WaLTer S. ALLEN, 144-19 35th Ave., Flushing, N. Y. Treasurer C. V. Morton, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. ©. Editor-in-Chief OFFICIAL ORGAN American Fern Journal 3 EDITORS - v. a ... Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25. 25, D. is R. C. ect 1819 Dorchester Road, Brooklyn 26, N. BENED! Tra L. Wiseme. ee Dudley Herbarium, Stanford University, Calif, An illustrated quarterly devoted to the general stody of ferns. bseription, $ $1.50 per year, foreign, 10 cents extra; sent fre AMERICAN FERN annual | ; life Pere Be $25.00). Extraeted reprints, if cota will be ey should be returned. furnished au thors at cost. Th | American 3 # ert Journal Vou. 38 th ao SE ae) “1948 No. 3 The e Discovery « of nS. Dalhousiae JOSEPH EWAN Few North American ferns carry such interest for the Plant geographer as does Ceterach Dalhousiae of Abys- Sinia and southern Asia, and up to now reported on this — continent only from Arizona. Ceterach Dalhousiae (Hook.) ©. Chr.t has long commanded attention from North American students of ferns for its novel distribu- tion, along with its distinctive frond shape.” Interest in this country began with its discovery in North Amer- lea ‘‘under dryish shelving rocks between Brown and anner’s Canyons,’’ in the Huachuca Mountains of Southeastern Arizona in October, 1907, by James H. Fer- riss of Joliet, Illinois, At that station Ferris wrote, in the account of the discovery of the fern prepared for the Fern Bulletin (19: 36-38. 1911), that Ceterach ‘‘was Stowing in locations similar to those selected by As- pidium juglandifolium [Phanerophlebia auriculata| and Polystichum aculeatum lobatum [P. scopulinum].”’ This locality is about six miles from the Mexican border. Clute described this collection of Ferriss as ee a Pe g, She ; Wines 22. and died in 1839 (?). Her correspo ondenee wit is at Jackson Hooker, se: named the Ceterach for her in 1837, e on” line drawing as frontispiece to vol. 16, Fern Bull. (Jan.), a of 3-64, was issued July 28, a No. 2, of the JouRNAL, pp. 33-64, Ww 65 66 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Ferriss (Fern Bull. 16: 1) in 1908. It was not long, however, before W. A. Poyser of Hammond, Indiana, identified ‘‘Asplenium Ferrissii’’ as Aspleniwm alter- nans (Fern Bull. 19: 33-36. 1911). This led to the fern’s being properly placed by Maxon in 1913 under Ceterach Dalhousiae. In the interim Leslie Newton Goodding, then twenty- nine, discovered this fern in ‘‘rocky protected canyons” of the Mule Mountains of Cochise County, Arizona, and three years later proposed the name Asplenium rupium for it (Muhlenbergia 8: 92. 1912). Maxon subsequent- ly showed this name to be a synonym of Ceterach Dal- housiae and at that time first reported the genus for North America (Am. Fern Journ. 3: 110. 1913). Somewhat later the fern was detected in the adjoining Baboquivari Mountains of Pima County and quite re- cently W. S. Phillips cited three collections of it from that range (Am. Fern Journ. 36: 105. 1946). Now it may be reported for the first time from Mexi- co: Howard S8. Gentry 6503, from Quebrada de Man- sana, Sierra Suratato, Sinaloa, in oak forest on moist shady slope at 4,000-4,500 feet elevation, Sept. 10-14, 1941 (Univ. Mich. Herb., U. 8. Nat. Herb.). It is of interest that Gentry has recently described as new Mim- ulus calciphilus (Scrophulariaceae) from the Sierra Suratato of Sinaloa (Madrofio 9: 21. 1947), with the comment that Mimulus calciphilus ‘‘appears to have no close relative in North America.’’ This Mimulus occurs at somewhat higher elevations than the Ceterach, at about 6,500 feet, as a ‘‘small compact colony.’’ Gen- try’s collection of Ceterach Dalhousiae agrees very closely with those studied’ from China (e.g. Shweli River drainage, Yunnan, J. F. Rock 7595) ; northwestern In- dia (Bhadwar, Kangra, Punjab, 2,000 ft., W. Koelz 4410, and Dharmkot, Dharmsala, Punjab, R. R. & I. D- 3 All collections cited are in U. S. National Herbarium. CETERACH DALHOUSIAE IN MEXIco 67 Stewart 2066a); and Arizona (L. N. Goodding 132). The Mexican and Arizona collections are certainly con- Specific with the Asiatic material examined. The discovery of Ceterach in Mexico reopens the consideration of the source of this fern in North Amer- tea. I have recently reviewed (Am. Fern Journ. 35: 120-128. 1945) three principal hypotheses advanced to explain the disjunct ranges of such species as this fern, Asplenium adiantum-nigrum, and A. exiguum. It seems clear that these species probably represent either (a) epibiotics, (b) polytopie endemiecs, or (c) stratospheric Species. I have attributed the North American occur- rence of these disjunct species to the action of strato- spherie or upper air currents around the globe. May I reiterate: We need abundant data from gelatine plate collections made on transoceani¢ flights by aircraft. “Tt is essential to have precise information as to what types of fern spores are most widely distributed, and i what numbers and at what altitudes they oceur.”’ No one hypothesis may be universally valid for all Problems of discontinuous distribution among plants, and each problem must be examined on the basis of the ascertainable facts at hand. Thus, the validity of the epibiotie hypothesis must be granted close consideration im every case. The discovery of Ceterach in Mexico in the Sierra Madre Occidental, a southern extension of the important Rocky Mountain north-south avenue of mugration, is consistent with the interpretation of its mg a relict species. The fact strengthens the ease for the epibiotic hypothesis. The discovery of the Asiatic Venturiella sinensis, a mss (Erpodiaceae) ranging from Japan and Korea to “onnection, since it introduces another plant species 68 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL with an anomalous distribution comparable to that of Ceterach Dalhousiae* In these instances the establish- ment, however temporary, in our arid Southwest of spe- cies known from much more mesic habitats in Asia is the striking ecologic phenomenon for which there seems to be no logical explanation. It may be proffered, of course, that the Mexican 0c- eurrence of Ceterach Dalhousiae demonstrates only an- other successful establishment of the species as a strato- spheric visitor to North America. Indeed, there may have been and continue to be repeated invasions”? of Ceterach and Asplenium spores. We may well recall Setchell’s oft-repeated point® in this connection: It 18 establishment or ‘‘ecesis’’ that counts, and the absence of positive results in the form of established individual plants is not to be taken as evidence against the possi- bility of there being continued dispersals of spores, the majority of which fail to meet the demands of climate, - soils, and biotie factors and fail to establish themselves in new sites. Many plant geographers will urge, how- ever, that it is more direct and altogether simpler admit the epibiotic hypothesis than to lean uneasily upon the. stratospheric vagaries! Yet the evidence 1s not all in. We still have almost no data on the trans port of fern spores through the air for great distances —evidenece that may yet come from aviation. Further botanical exploration in Mexico, meanwhile, and the possible discovery of more stations for this and other ferns with disjunct ranges will bring additional evidenc® toward a solution of this problem in the history of floras. TULANE UNIversity, New ORLEANS, LOUISIANA. E. B. Bartram, Bryologist 37: 46. 1934. Dr. Maxon kindly directed the author? s attention to this report. 5 Cf. ation and endemism with reference to Pacifie it 1: sular floras,’’ Proc. 3d Pan-Pae. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 1926, 869-875, and other papers. New Recorps 1x GEorGIA 69 New Records of Two Ferns in Georgia Witeur H. Duncan Since 1938, I have been attempting an extensive vege- tation survey of the state of Georgia with a view to the ultimate preparation of a Flora of Georgia. Although have been primarily concerned with certain other groups of vascular plants, I have made some observa- ‘lions and collections of pteridophytes with a view to contributing additional material to Rogers MeVaugh and J. H. Pyron for their unpublished paper “‘Ferns of Georgia.’’ Two collections, Equisetum laevigatum A. Br. and Dryopteris Goldiana (Hook.) A. Gray, are of particular interest because they represent range exten- Slons into Georgia. EQUISETUM LAEVIGATUM A. Br. Collected on May 31, 1942 (Duncan 5282) in Banks ounty near the Habersham County line about 12 miles Southwest of Toccoa, Georgia. This station is in the upper part of the Piedmont Province, at an elevation of about 750 feet above sea level. The plants were stowing along and near the banks of the Middle Fork of Broad River in an open abandoned field a short dis- tanee below a waterfall. There were several small to large, rather dense colonies growing in sandy alluvium. € area apparently was occasionally inundated by flood waters. The outcropping rocks on the hillsides in the ™Mmediate vicinity consisted of granite gneiss with some S¢easional biotite eneiss and schist. The identification 1S by Rogers McVaugh of the University of Michigan. Smal] (1938) gives the range for this species as eX- A ding south to North Carolina and Louisiana, no defi- "ite distribution in Georgia being indicated. On the distribution dot map for this species prepared by Schaff- % 70 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ner (1939) one record for the extreme northwest corner of Georgia is shown. I have not seen the material upon which this record was based; if it is authentic, the Banks County specimens represent a southeastward ex- tension of range in the United States. If it is not authentic, then the specimens probably represent a new state record. DryopTeris Goupiana (Hoox.) A. GRAY Collected on August 10, 1947 (Duncan 7769) in the southern part of Union County, about one-fourth mile southeast of Wolfpen Gap in the Blue Ridge Province. This station is at an elevation of about 3,100 feet above sea level in a north-facing, rocky, boulder-strewn, broad ravine occupied by dense deciduous woods. The rocks are largely of biotite gneiss and schist. There were several colonies of the D. Goldiana, consisting of plants spaced a few feet apart among the boulders. Individual fronds were 125 em. long or more. Small (1938) gives the southern limit of this fern as North Carolina and Tennessee. The Georgia collection is sixteen miles south of the North Carolina line. Ap- parently then this is a new state record for Georgia and the southernmost station for this magnificent fern. Specimens of these two fern collections are on file in the University of Georgia Herbarium, the Equisetum being No. 24,616, and the Dryopteris Nos. 26,529-26,532. LITERATURE CITED Schaffner, J. H. 1939. The Distribution of the Exclusively North American Species of Equisetum. Amer. Fern Journ 29: 45-47. Small, J. K. 1938. Ferns of the Southeastern States. Science Press, Lancaster, Pa. UNIVERSITY OF GrEoRGIA, ATHENS, GEORGIA. FERNS OF CHILE bee | The Ferns of Southern Chile GuALTERIO LOOSER (Conclusion) Even at the extreme south of Tierra del Fuego well- developed forests of Fagaceae, Magnoliaceae, ete., are not lacking and certainly do not suggest polar conditions. And at present considerable wheat is grown along the Straits of Magellan. Nor is the situation much improved by the term subantaretie. The best proof that the south- ern regions are not Antarctic is the long list of pterido- phytes from the Straits—all the more that, as is well known, few groups of plants avoid really cold climates as do the ferns. The forests of southern Chile consist of tall, thick- trunked trees of Nothofagus Dombeyi (Mirb.) Blume, N. obliqua (Mirb.) Blume, and N. betuloides (Mirb.) Blume (Fagaceae), Laurelia sempervirens (R. & P. Tul. and L. Philippiana Loos. (L. serrata Phil. non Bert.) (Monimiaceae), abundant Myrtaceae, Lomatia hirsuta (Lam.) Diels [L. obliqua (R. & P.) R. Br.], L. ferruginea (Cav.) R. Br., and Embothrium coccineum orst. (Proteaceae), Cr inodendron Hookerianum Gay (Elaeocarpaceae), and the beautiful tree Eucryphia cor- difolia Cav., which in its season is covered with thousands of white flowers. It belongs to the small family Euery- Phiaceae, related to Rosaceae ; there are species in Aus- tralia as well. Other forest trees are the conifers Saregothea conspicua Lindl., Fitzroya patagonica Hook., and Pilgerodendron uvifera (Don) Florin. For the most Part these are more scattered. The forest is moist and most of its trees are evergreen. Vines are not lacking and at least one of them, 1. ydrangea integerrima (Hook. & Arn. ) Engl. (H. scandens Poepp. €x DC.), might well be called a liana. Its trunk is often 72 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL as thick as a man’s thigh. In all these characteristics these forests are very different from the usual types in temperate climates(which are deciduous or of evergreen conifers with needle-like leaves) and, of course with due allowances, recall tropical forests. To make this com- parison more apt, epiphytes abound; the trunks and branches are covered, often to a great height, with a carpet of mosses, hepaties, and lichens... There are also phanerogamic epiphytes, such as Mitraria coccinea Cav. (Gesneriaceae), with thick orbicular leaves and red flowers, and the splendid bromeliad, Fascicularia bicolor (R. & P.) Mez. The latter grows astride the branches and often also on rocks. Its pale blue, crowded flowers are not very conspicuous, but by way of compensation the bases of the leaves which form the rosette are a bril- liant scarlet-red, visible afar off. Another species of the same family is Ochagavia Lindleyana (Lem.) Mez. These bromeliads are found toward the north of the Valdivian forest; in all the south they are lacking. | The south of Chile, principally the provinces from Valdivia to the south of Aysén, has one of the notable fern-floras of the temperate zone. I believe that, in extra-tropical regions, New Zealand alone surpasses it, and that only because it possesses real tree-ferns, which southern Chile lacks, though Lophosoria quadripinnata often has fronds 6 or 7 meters long, borne on a § ort trunk. Blechnum chilense develops trunks 1 meter a little more in height, and B. magellanicum often equals — or even surpasses these dimensions and in general aspect and in its lustrous fronds greatly resembles cultivated — cycads. These three species are very common and often cover clearings 1 in the forest. Lophgsoria quadripinnata is a species of very wide range in America, from Mexico to southern Brazil, but its Chilean occurrence is completely isolated from bo FERNS OF CHILE 73 rest of its range by the deserts of northern Chile, the Andes, and the Argentine pampas. In Chile, because of the great size and beauty of its finely divided fronds and the bluish color of the lower surface, it is prominent in the landscape, much more so, doubtless, than in the tropics, where there are many large and handsome ferns to compete with it. The fronds of Lophosoria are sent to the cities, to be used for decorative purposes, and their collection is a local industry of some importance. n the dense forest from Concepcién southward, ferns abound. Besides the Blechnums already mentioned there sTow, on the ground or on the banks of rivulets, B. blech- noides (Bory) Keys. (B. valdiviense C. Chr.), B. penna- marina (Poir.) Kuhn, B. Leyboldtianum (Phil.) C. Chr., and B. asperum (Klotzsch) Sturm, which are sometimes difficult to distinguish. They are herbaceous plants, small or middle-sized, not more than 50 to 70 em. in height, and they all belong to the subgenus Lomaria, with dimorphie fronds. Blechnum blechnoides strongly re- sembles B. Spicant (L.) Roth, of Eurasia and the Pacific Coast of the United States and Canada. Of the subgenus Eublechnum, with isomorphic fronds, there are B. auriculatum Cav., of wide range in temper- ate South America, and B. arcuatum Rémy & Fée, which has handsome narrow fronds up to 1.5 meters long, very like those of cultivated Nephrolepis. It often grows beside small waterfalls, with its fronds pendent. Blech- mum Gayanum (Rémy & Fée) Sturm [B. Germainii (Hook. ) Christ] is very like B. penna-marina and is often diffieult to distinguish from it. It grows in drier soil in the mountains at a certain altitude, and ranges from the Provinee of Valparaiso to that of Llanquihue and perhaps farther south, : Other terrestrial ferns are the various Polystichums of the complex group of P. aculeatum (L.) Schott. They are Very difficult to separate, but there are, no doubt, . T - -~ 2 Y 5 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 38, PLATE 5 LYCOPODIUM PANICULATUM. VoLcAN ASORNO, PROVINCE OF LuaNQuinvur, 600 Mer FERNS OF CHILE 75 some good species, such as P. chilense (Christ) Diels, P. Brongniartianum Rémy & Fée, and perhaps others. P. multifidum (Mett.) Moore, belonging to the same group, has much more conspicuous characters; it may be recog- nized by its finely divided fronds (up to quadripinnate) reaching 1 meter in length. In mountainous regions, principally among rocks at an altitude of 1,000 meters or more, one frequently meets with P. mohrivides (Bory) Presi. It is a very variable plant of somewhat fleshy consistency, a feature in which it differs from all the other Polysticha, which are rather strongly coriaceous. Its extreme forms, P. mohrioides var. elegans (Rémy Fée) C. Chr. and var. plicatum (Kze.) C. Chr., differ so much that good botanists have considered them separate species. Some taxonomists treat P. Lemmonii. Underw. and P. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Maxon of the western ‘United States and Canada as additional varieties of P. mohrioides. One of our handsomest ferns, frequent enough in the Valdivian forest, is the tall Hypolepis rugulosa (Labill.) J. Smith var. Poeppigii (Kunze) C. Chr. It has a ereep- ing rootstock, from which the stipes come up rather far apart; it sometimes forms large colonies of attractive appearance, because of its finely divided fronds of a somewhat reddish tint. This fern ranges only to the northern limit of the Magellanic forest. There are scarcely distinguishable forms in New Zealand and Aus- tralia, far across the ocean, and closely related species in the tropies. . The great genus Pteris, principally tropical, has only two representatives in southern Chile. Apparently they do not extend beyond 44° S. and are rare. Pteris semi- ddnata Phil. has only slightly divided fronds, recalling a Marattia—a feature which suggested one of its synonyms, P. marattiaefolia Hook. Pteris chilensis Desv. resembles P. tremula R. Br., often cultivated in hothouses and in 76 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL the open air. When well developed, these two pterids of southern Chile reach a height of 1 meter. Other notable terrestrial ferns are: Adiantum chilense Kaulf., Dryopteris spectabilis (Kaulf.) Macl. & Dusén, and the species of Gleicheniaceae, especially Dicranop- teris squamulosa (Desv.) Looser [Gleichenia pedalis (Kaulf.) Spreng.], which abounds as far as the Chonos Islands. Often it covers large areas or hangs like gar- lands on the sides of ravines. There is no lack of speci- mens, often large ones, of the most cosmopolitan of ferns, Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. I have seen material from the islands near Cape Horn, the ‘‘Land’s End” of America. In marshy places, of which there are many, 4 tall form [var. uliginosum (Phil.) C. Chr.] of Blechnum penna-marina, Dicranopteris cryptocarpa (Hook.) Loos., and D. quadripartita (Poir.) Loos, which reaches the extreme south, are frequent. Much rarer, though cover- ing nevertheless a wide range, is the little Schizaea fistu- losa Labill., very like S. pusilla Pursh of eastern North America, known to many readers of the Journau. It grows in marshes, forming scattered little colonies, and it is the only representative of its family in Chile. Adiantum chilense, mentioned above, is known as far south as Rio Aysén (45° 30’ 8.) and, in addition, at an isolated station at Skyring (53°), a little north of the Straits of Magellan. Recently, Ilse von Rentzell found it east of the continental ice on the River Leon, a tribu- tary of the large lake Buenos Aires, at about 47° S..” 8° one may suppose that this distributional gap, which s0 impressed Skottsberg, will gradually be filled! Adiantum excisum Kunze, very abundant in the region of Santiag? and Valparaiso, reaches only to the basin of the Rio Biobio (37-38° S.), that is, it hardly penetrates into the area here covered. : ® Federico Reichert e Ilse von Rentzell. Breve resumen de 108 resultados geograficos, geolégicos y botanicos de la octava ein cién patagénica, Darwiniana 7(1): 138-170. 2 maps, 4 pl. 194 FerRNs or CHILE 77 Epiphytic ferns are abundant on the tree-trunks, prin- cipally Polypodium Feuillei Bert. [P. Synammia (Fée) C. Chr., P. trilobum Cav.|, P. Billardieri (Willd.) C. Chr. var. magellanicum (Desv.) C. Chr., Asplenium dareoides esv. (A. magellanicum Kaulf.), and A. trilobum Cav. Rarer in Chile is Polypodium lanceolatum L., with a wide range in both hemispheres. I have seen it in Concepcién and the islands of Juan Fernandez and have specimens from’ the interior of the province of Valdivia (Pufire). Apparently it is not found in the southern part: of our region. I have referred to some species of Asplenium; it re- mains to mention others which live under very different conditions. Asplenium obliquum Forst. grows on rocks at the very margin of the ocean and is often lashed by the Waves. It is definitely halophilous. It is also remark- able for its range; we find it again in Australia, New Zea- land, and some of the Polynesian islands. It has appar- ently crossed the Pacific at its widest point. In Chile it is known from the province of Valparaiso to the northern half of western Patagonia (Isla Garza, 45° 55’S.). As- plenium monanthes L., with a vast range in Africa, America, and the Hawaiian Islands, is known from a few Stations in rocky and sunny places in the provinces of Cautin and Osorno, completely isolated from its principal area. Asplenium triphyllum Presl has been collected once at Lago San Martin, in Argentine territory but near the Chilean boundary. Its presence there is the more “emarkable in that its nearest known station is 2,400 Kilometers to the north. he glory of the Chilean epiphytic ferns is its Hy- menophylaceae, a family represented chiefly by the genus. Hymenophyllum with some 15 or 20 species, for the most Part endemic in the southern forests. These delicate little plants, mingled with bryophytes and lichens, cover AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VoLUME 38, PLATE 6 4804 Looser. te es ae erb. Lycopadium magellanicum LYcOPODIUM apes sais M. manne San RAFAEL, PROVINCE OF AY FERNS OF CHILE 79 the trunks and branches of trees. Their fronds, which rarely are more than 20 cm. long and often no more than 4 to 8 em., are usually several times divided. The blade consists of a single layer of cells, rather large and easily seen by transmitted light with a lens of moderate power. In some species the fronds are erect, in others pendent like bits of delicate lace in the dampness and shade of the forest; but let the humidity diminish or a ray of direct sunlight strike them and they dry up, blacken, and lose all their attractiveness. Some, like H. falklandicum Baker and H. tunbridgense. (li.) J. E. Smith, grow on the ground as well as epiphytically. Compared with hese, H. caudiculatum Mart. and H. fuciforme Swartz are veritable giants,’ attaining 40 cm. in height. These large species have fronds much alike, but they are readily distinguished, since in the latter the fronds are clustered, Whereas in H. caudiculatum they are scattered on a long, creeping rhizome. , Polymorphism in the Chilean Hymenophyllums is con- siderable. TI have said that most of them have finely divided fronds, but there are exceptions. In H. dicra- notrichum (Presl) Sadeb. the triangular blades, about 5 ‘m. long, are barely pinnatifid. In H. eruentum Cav. they are quite entire, a character which, with others, in MY opinion justifies the placing of this fern in a genus of its own—H ymenoglossum Presl [H. cruentum (Cav.) esl]. Another species has blades pinnate on one side only—very regularly, like a comb—hence its name H. pectinatum Cay. Similar, but less symmetrical, is H. S’cundum Hook. & Grev. Most of the species are gla- brous, but in H. ferrugineum Colla, which occurs also on the islands of Juan Fernandez and in New Zealand, the blade is covered with silky hairs of a rusty color. 10 Chri ; ieee : dsste Art des a eee 80 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Nowhere else in temperate South America does Hy- menophyllum reach so high a development as in the south- ern part of Chile.* On the other hand, Trichomanes, the other great genus of the family, is represented in our region by only a single species, T. exsectum Kunze, known from Valdivia to Chiloé and also on Juan Fernandez. Very common also in southern Chile down to Tierra del Fuego is Serpyllopsis caespitosa (Gaudich.) C. Chr., a little plant with pinnate blades, which one would hardly take for a fern at all but rather for an hepatic such as Plagiochila. Its peculiar characters are reflected in its nomenclature; it was placed variously under either Hy- menophyllum and Trichomanes until van den Bosch, the distinguished Dutch pteridologist of the middle of the last century, set up for it the genus Serpyllopsis, mono- typic, and endemic in southern Chile, adjacent Argen- tina, and Juan Fernandez. : Other pteridophyta in southern Chile are as follows. The genus Elaphoglossum is represented by three species, which I know only from the provinces of Valdivia, Os- orno, and Llanquihue, that is, from the northern part of our area. ‘They are: E. Gayanum (Fée) Moore, F. Mathewsti (Fée) Moore, and E. Porteri Hicken. The first two are found also outside of Chile. The Lycopodiums are all terrestrial. Im some parts of the provinces of Cautin and Valdivia the tall L. pa- niculatum Desv., which attains a height of 1 meter, 1s common. In the more southern part of our region L- magellanicum Sw. is found, in many forms, but more 1 Winkler’s statement (in Verdoorn, Man. Pterid. 472. 1936), Re to southern Chile that ‘‘nirgends in Si —S die Gattung Hymenophyllum so vevclgie seems sperms It was perhaps taken from a aig sage in Christ (1. ¢. 326). But bi a restricted — about Cuzco in southern Peru (13° S.), Herrera uthe (Syn. Fl. Cuzeo 1: 93-96. 1941) pres record 21 species. of Hymen ophyllum aa it seems likely that there are a engesaneg ae mber in Per Many years ago Sodiro (Crypt. Vase. 31. 1893). could cite for pega pe same number of species if did Herrera for the Cuzeo regi FERNS OF CHILE 81 rare. It may be considered a species corresponding to L. clavatum 1L., of cireumboreal regions. I have speci- mens which show an extraordinary resemblance to that species, but in the South American plant the leaves are never bristle-tipped. Lycopodium magellanicum not only extends to Cape Horn but, according to Skottsberg,'” is found also on some islands along the margin of the Antaretie, such as South Georgia, Falkland Islands, Kerguelen, and Tristan d’Acunha. Other Chilean ferns which are found on South Georgia are, according to the Same author," Hymenophyllum falklandicum, Cystop- teris fragilis, and Polystichum mohrioides (as P. andi- num). Almost all the pteridophytes of the Falkland Islands ( Malvinas) occur in southern Chile; at least from a pteridological point of view, these islands—and South Georgia also—may be considered as extensions, much im- Poverished, of the south-Chilean flora. After this digression, we return to Lycopodium. Other Chilean representatives are: L. confertum Willd., of which a few collections are known; L. Gayanum Rémy (L. Jussiens auctt.), more frequent and relatively com- mon in the Valdivian forest; and, in Tierra del Fuego, a form (ZL. fuegianum Roiv.) difficult to separate from L. Selago L. of northern Eurasia and North America. Lycopodium chonoticum Phil. is a doubtful species, near L. confertum. Tn all Chile there is not a single species of the great Subcosmopolitan genus Selaginella. Neither has Ano- gramma, widely distributed in America and even in Asia, nor the cosmopolitan Pteridiwm been found there. The Strange thing is that all three genera just mentioned Svcur in Argentina; they have not been able to cross the PT Skottsberg, Die Gefiisspflanzen Siidgeorgiens. Stockholm. ee Car] Skottsberg, A botanical survey of the Falkland Islands. ensk Vet. Akad. Handl. 50 (3): 1-129. 1913. 82 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Andes. This great mountain-chain, the deserts, and the Pacific Ocean give Chile an almost insular character and account for the pecularities of its flora and fauna. In certain lakes in southern Chile and Argentina Isoétes Savatieri Franch. has been observed. It is the only Isoétes in the region. Azolla filiculoides Lam. (Sal- viniaceae) is known from the extreme north of Chile to the Straits of Magellan. Pilularia americana A. Br. (Marsileaceae) occurs at Valdivia. ome species of Ophioglosswm and Botrychium have been collected in our area.'* Equisetum bogotense H. B. K., a small plant of wide range in South America and frente’ in Chile, is known as far south as the region of Aysén. Equisetum giganteum L., which often attains a height of 4 meters, according to data at hand scarcely reaches the Rio Biobio (Renaico, 37° 30’ S.).1° Appar- ently the greater part of the region here treated lacks Equisetaceae. Further exploration may show, as in a. other cases, that this supposition is incorrect. Even more unexpected than the presence of Lyco- podium Selago in Tierra del Fuego, above referred to, since that species has been collected at intervening sta- tions in Ecuador and Peru," are various collections in the Andes of Chile of the European Cryptogramma crispa (L.) R. Br., from the province of Colehagua (Tinguir!- rica, 34° 30’ S.) to that of Biobio (Nitrito, 38° S.)- Recently I have recorded its presence still farther south, 1 For gee asd difficult genera, still ass collected in Chile and Argentin: excellent work of Juana S. de Lichtenstein, Las pe heii ie - Argentina, Chile y esmastiarg Darwiniana 6: 380-441. 14 fig. 1944. 15 According to Ada L. Pastore, Physis 15; 248, 1939, F- plete - Ar se reaches 40° Nessel (Die Birlappgewiichse | pes ee dinkenal, “ $4 089) doubts this, saying t material from Ecuador. 17 Marie-Vie wag i Pepa aia soca du Québec, p. 94, 1925: ‘‘et peut-étre dans les Andes péruvienn FERNS OF CHILE 83 in Nahuel-Huapi (41° S.), in Argentina,’® and I have little doubt that some day it will be found in the adjacent part of Chile. The typical phase of the species inhabits Europe and western Asia. We have here one of the most disjunct ranges imaginable, since this species has never been found elsewhere in tropical America. The plant of the southern Andes differs slightly from the European and may be given varietal designation (var. chilensis (Christ) Loos.). It differs much more markedly from C. acrostichoides R. Br. of temperate, boreal, and sub- arctic America. The distribution of C. crispa can be compared only with that of Pleurosorus. Finally, I must not fail to record an important recent discovery. In November, 1944, Augusto Grosse found Histiopteris incisa (Thunb.) J. Smith on the island of Garza (45° 55’ §.), in the Estero de los Elefantes, a little north of the Peninsula of Taitao. A year later he found it again in the same place; it may be expected at other localities in western Patagonia. This fern has an im- Mense range, from southeastern Asia to New Zealand and South Africa, and over most of tropical America. In Chile it had previously been known only from Juan Fernandez, where it is frequent. There have been vague references in literature to its occurrence in southern Chile ; but Skottsberg, who has made the most thorough Studies of this region, does not mention it. ANTIAGO, CHILE. APPENDIX I PTERIDOPHYTES of THE REGION OF CorRAL, NIEBLA, AND THE “4 - 8 ir region, bordering on the Pacific Ocean, lies at about 39° 30 - t. and has an elevation up to 400 meters. - = of Steorological data from Punta Galera, a few kilometers ee * Corral (aceording to Skottsberg): Average temperature, 1}. * Looser, Las Pteridofitas del P: Nacional de Nahuel-Huapi. ; arque Naciona Physis 15:'931. 1939, 84 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL C.; average maximum, 13.7°; average minimum, 8.7°; absolute maximum, 23.8°; absolute minimum, 0.8°. Average “hu midity, 82.2%. An nual "rainfall, 2460.7 mm. Rainfall in the sprig months, 8.8%. Adiantum chilense Kaulf. 2 Joey common hi ‘ sulphur he Kaul ess common than the preceding. Asplenium dareoidcs ae (A. magellanicum Kaulf.) Very com~ mon, almost ‘always epiphytic. i shot For Only on rocks ae the seashore. n Cav “Co ommon epi phy ita: ‘filiouloides Lam. Floati ng ba slow. flowing stre Blechnum arcuatum Rémy & Fée haded and humid places. asperu Co ka Borate trees and shrubs. auriculatum ‘ ; seine. ros g Koy (B. valdiviense C. Chr.). Very corratense _Espin osa. One of the smaller species of the genus, known only from the port of Corral; prefers small holes in the stie sige ike |(Kautt .) Mett. Very common and of phy siognomic¢ mportance because of its large size. Leybotdtianin Gena C. Chr. Very like B. — ides. ey beg nage v.) Mett. falda area anf very large. Some~ with a trunk 1 m mo a (Poir.) Kubin. * Abindant in wet, marshy places, Egstentiete 3 fragilis (L.) Bernh. Com sieseles ies eryptocarpa soa Lois. D Cseani yi lit s (Phil.) Loos. quadripartita (Poir.) oe amulos i eadd ie thes SrGleichenia pedalis (Kaulf.) pte ng. yc FA sum Gayanun” (Poe) Moore. Seare Equisetum bogo K. Common throughout. Hym meade ty oe m (Ca v.) Presl Rena phyllum aie Ne Mart. aicranotrichum (Presl) Sadeb. ( Trichomanes spinulosum factors Swartz. Apparently searee in this region; plant 0. ll. m. ta Krauseanum oe magellanic pectinatum Ga co ee ierldig = ~~ (H. v achavosein auctt.). Very common. sosbrdarens: (Ls) J. E. Smith. The same as the European ype C. Hypolepis rugulosa (Labill.). J, Sat var, Poeppigtt (Kunze) Chr. pie si i pate a me Lophosoria quadripinnata (Gmel.) Se ‘Chr. [ Alsophila pruinate | (Swartz) Kaulf.]. Very perenne A and be Aas eat physio ognomic importance because of its large size an uty. FERNS OF CHILE 85 Lycopodium Gayanum Rémy (L. Jussieui auctt.) ieee eee Le amine pe — Phil.) paniculatun ome places and decora- tiv ees. Walt. Cited for Corral by Met- tenius (Fil. cee 27. igs 6) as O. bulbosum Miebx. Pilularia ame Folypodt ‘ium Billardieri (winld.) C, Chr, var. magellanicum (Desv.) ». Chr. Frequent epiphyte: the type is fror n Australia. Feuillei Bert. [P. Synammia (Fée) C. Chr. ]. Very common _ phyte; also on ae eolatum L. Rare e pephytes ee tropical species Polystichwn adiantiforme (For t.) ot a ares h. ag ther common, its range very wide and not sonia ne i ginioriianim E Rémy & Fée [P. pete ieeins “(n) Schott, pro arte]. : ene (Christ) Diels [P. aculeatum (L.) Schott, pro parte; P. vestitum auctt. Pteris semiadnata Phil. Handsome fern up to 1 meter; rare. Chile Schizaea fistulosa Labill. Rare, pee 7 Pe —— In known from Co of Taitao e pen ald and besides in Malvinas ‘aidan Islands), pou w Zealand, aledonia an nd Islan eitonn caespitosa (Gaud.) C. chs, Trichomanes exsectum Kunze. APPENDIX Il List or THE PTERIDOPHYTES OF THE REGION OF THE dango oF © AND THE ISTHMUS OF Orgut (46-47° 8.) atngaes se publications of Espinosa, Franchet, Roivainen, ottsberg, and the collections of the author.) the west Pluviometrie data from Cabo Raper, 40° boat prin 1 coast of the gas saap as Taitao, ener g to Je fferson: i: ts rainfall, 1933 m e winter months CApril-Sept.), the three spring past ps —Feb 3, 26 To: Asplenium ee Desv. For Kuh Di tranopters ‘quadriparitta (Poir) Loos. Histiopteris incisa b.) J. Smith Hymenoglossum eruentum ( rity Pres! Hymenophyllum echopraetor ths Mart. Porwinii Hook, f dentatum Cav ieranotrichum Acie Sadeb. errugineum Krauseanum oh 86 _ AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL magellanicum Willd. pectinatum Cav. plicatum Kaulf. secundum Hook. & Grev. ortuosum Hook. & Grev. Hypolepis rugulosa (Labill.) J. Smith var. Poeppigii (Kunze) C. r. Lophosoria quadripinnata crew C. Chr. Lycopodium magellanicum Swart paniculatum nee Ophioglossum lophoroides Walt Polypodium Billordion (Willd.) C. Chr. var. magellanicum (Desv.) . Chr, Polystichum pons cone’ (Mett.) Moore Schizaea fistulos Retpyllopele siglo tea) C. Chr. APPENDIX III List OF THE PTERIDOPHYTA OF bas CHILEAN Part oF TIERRA DEL FUEGO, bbe broad OF pias oF MAGELLAN, D AD races aie ONS 1 ashlaciae Se ae a the Straits of Magellan, according t0 Jeffer, Tas oe vangelistas, 52° 24” ad at the Pacifie entrance to the Straits: Annual rainfall, 3078 mm.; in the six winter months, 49%; in the three s plage months, 27 %. unta Arenas, 53° 10’ S., more or less at the center of the Straits: themes rainfall, 470 mm.; in the six winter months, 61%; in the Brg e spring months, 19%. Punta Dungeness, 52° 24 S., at the outlet into the Atlanti ie: annual rainfall, 219 — : in the six winter months, 58%; in the three spring months, 28%. As pases dareoides Desvy. rien bare ides Lam ec m mageltanicum (Desv.) Mett. rina (Poir n Bategenteie pen ria a) » aly var. Dusenii matricariaefoliu ssp. pat saosin "(Christ ) Clausen. fe Lia " ‘Sra. es bitin from Ultima Esperanza and cystoptrs ‘rags ¢ -) Dier ede gorrend ac (Haak) Loos. pect Os. Hymenophatium Darwinit Hook. f. (H. Skottsbergii C. Chr.) m Cay, Talttandcum Baker fe Na 19 This list makes no claim to siariinaaags many parts of the — territory being still unexplored. ‘ Two New GENERIC NAMES | 87 — Willd. pectinatum Cav ian (Poir.) Desy. plicatum Kaulf. oe ae Hook. & Grev. Isoétes Savatieri Franchet Lycopodium confertum Mla magellanicum Swar um Roi Sea Desv.) P 2 i aa Billardieri cwinla.) C. ia var. magellaniewm ( P olystichum eee: sre J. Smith rioides 9S 5 ulti sifldum (Mett.) M Serpyllopsis caespitosa (Gaud.) C. Chr. Two New Generic Names of Ferns Ciype F. Reep Among the new genera proposed by Copeland in his recent Genera Filicum is one which caught my atten- tion, the genus Polypodiopsis. This generie name has already been used for a eenus of plants in the family Taxaceae from New Caledonia. For the species segre- sated as the genus Polypodiopsis of Copeland, the fol- lowing generic name may be fog: Polypodiopteris Reed, nom. Pp bluiudcopete Copeland, dea. Fil. 210. 1947, non Carr. Conif., ed. 2,710. 1867. The type is Polyaabin proavitum ve Species are all Bornean: P olypodiopteris proavita (Copel.) Reed, comb. ee Polypodium proavitum Copel., Philip. Journ. Sei. 347. 1909. Polypodiopteris colorata (Copel.) Reed, comb. nov. 3c: Polypodium coloratum ones Philip. Journ. Sci. _ _ 347, pl. 6. 1909. Polypodiopteris brachypoda (Copel.) Reed, comp. oe P tater Arechanetiae Copel., Philip. Journ. ct. 12C: 191 ; The three 88 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Another generic name proposed by Copeland (1938) is Crepidopteris, a name used again in the Genera Fili- cum (39. 1947) for several species of ferns found from Sumatra and Luzon to Tahiti, and south to New Zea- land. The type of the genus is Crepidopteris humilis (Forster) Copeland, based on Trichomanes humilis Forster. Copeland states that this species is widespread, and has more synonyms than its limited variability jus- tifies. It seems as if another name must be found, in- asmuch as Crepidopteris Presl (in Sternb., Flora der Vorwelt, 2: 119. 1838), a group of species of fossil ferns (now referred to Danaeopsis), and Crepidopteris Benth. (Fl. Brasil XV. 1: 166. 1859), a group of flowering plants of the family Leguminosae (= Dioclea H.B.K.), both antedate the publication of Copeland’s generic name. Neither of the generic names listed as synony- mous with Crepidopteris by Copeland are available. Crepidium Presl (Hymen., 23, as section of Didymo- glossum. 1843; Epim. Bot., 258, as genus, 1849) is ante- dated by Crepidium Blume (Bijdr., 387. 1825) of the Orchidaceae (= Microstylis Nutt.). Also Crepidomanes v.d. Bosch (Hymen. Javan. 16. 1861) is antedated by Crepidomanes Presl (Epim. Bot. 258. 1849) of the Hy- menophyllaceae. : n the basis that either of the previous uses of the generic name Crepidopteris might be reestablished, it would be better to employ a new generic name for Copeland’s genus, than to suggest that his generic name be conserved. Therefore, the following generic name is proposed : Crepidophyllum Reed, nom. nov. Crepidopteris Copel. Philip. Journ. Sei. 67: 57. 1938; Genera Filicum, 39. 1947, non Presl, in Sternb. (1838), nee Benth. (1859). The type is Crepidophyllum humile (Forst.) Reed. (Trichomanes humilis Forst.). Ferns or Fairview MouNntvaAIn 89 aA Crepidophyllum humile (Forst.) Reed, comb. nov. Trichomanes humilis Forst. Prod. 84. 1786. Sumatra to Tahiti. Crepidophyllum Endlicherianum (Presl) Reed, comb. nov. Trichomanes Endlicherianum Presl, Abh. Bohm. Ges. V. 5: 33. 1848; Epim. 10, pl. 5A. 1849. New - Zealand to Norfolk Isl., Fiji, Tahiti. Crepidophyllum gracillimum (Copel.) Reed, comb. nov. Crepidopteris gracillima Copel., Philip. Journ. Sci. 67: 57-58. 1938. Luzon. Crepidophyllum Vieillardii (v.d.Bosch), Reed, comb. nov Trichomanes Vieillardii v.d.Bosch, Ann. Sei. Nat. IV 15: 90. 1861. New Caledonia. Crepidophyllum Werneri (Rosenst.) Reed, comb. nov. Trichomanes Werneri Rosenst., Fedde Repert. 5: 35. 1908. New Guinea. MorrHeap Strate Teacuers COLLEGE, MorEHEAD, KEN- TUCKY Ferns of Fairview Mountain, Calapooya ange, Oregon WiiiAm H. BAKER Fairview Mountain is located in the Bohemia District, — Southeastern Lane County, Oregon. The mountain 1s Part of the Calapooya Range, a subsidiary connecting Tange between the Cascade and Coast ranges at the head of the Willamette Valley. It is 32 air miles west of the main crest of the Cascade Divide and is one of the highest peaks in this region, reaching an elevation of 5,933 feet. : According to Smith (4), the lower part of the Cala- Pooya formation is dominantly sedimentary, while the upper part is mostly igneous. The lower or sedimen- tary phase of the Calapooya is made up for the most 90 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL part of pyroclastics or coarse breccias and agglomerates, all of these being different facies of voleanic materials of more or less explosive origin. Mud flows are also pres- ent in this region. The upper igneous phase consists largely of different types of andesitic, dacitic and basal- tic flows. The mountains in this area are made up pre- dominantly of tertiary sediments and related intrusive igneous rocks, basalts and andesites, which are the result of folding and faulting, peneplanation and later dissec- tion by rejuvenated streams. They do not seem to present any regular pattern. The topography is in that stage usually designated as mature. Collections of ferns were made through the seasons of 1937, 1938 and 1940 with additional trips in 1946 and 1947, all the specimens being deposited in the Oregon State College Herbarium or held in the private her- barium of the author. The area covered was limited as follows: the north-— west slope to sili middle of Fairview-Elephant saddle at 5,300 feet; the southwest slope to the middle of Fair- view-Bohemia saddle at 5,300 feet; on the southeast slope to the Musick Guard Station, and on the sout! slope to the headwaters of City Creek. In general this corresponds to the 4,500 foot contour line on the mout- tain given by the U.S.G.S. topographic — of the Lowell Quadrangle. Catalogue of Ferns Polypodiaceae CysToPTeRIs FrRaciLis (L.) Bernh. Bladder-fern Growing on a cliff near the Bohemia saddle; occasional. PoLYPODIUM VULGARE Li. var. OCCIDENTALE Hook. Lic- orice-fern. Along a stream on the north slope; common. OLYPODIUM VULGARE L. var. conumBranum Gilbert. Mountain licorice-fern. Growing at the top of the northwest slope among the rocks; not common. Ferns or FArrview Mountain ~ 91 PotysticHum Loncuitis (L.) Roth. Holly-fern. On the north slope near the top, growing among the boul- ders and rocks; occasional. POLYsSTICHUM MUNITUM (Kaulf.) Presl. Common sword-fern. In woods of the north slope and at lower elevations along the Utopian Way; fairly common. THYRIUM AMERICANUM (Butters) Maxon. Alpine lady-fern. On the north slope near the summit of the mountain ; occasional. ATHYRIUM = FILIXx-FEMINA (L.) Roth. Lady-fern. About springs and watercourses ; common. STRUTHIOPTERIS SPICANT (L.) Weis. Deer-fern. Com- mon along watercourses and in dense forests on the north slope. ADIANTUM PEDATUM L. var. ALEUTICUM Rupr. West- ef maidenhair, West slope along the Utopian Way; common. DIUM AQuILINUM (L.) Kuhn var. puBEscEeNS Un- derwood. Western bracken. Common around the Mu- Sick Guard Station. CHEILANTHES qraciLumma D. C. Eaton. Lace-fern. Common on the summit, growing on rock slopes and outcroppings, CRyProgramma acrosticHomes R. Br. American Parsley-fern, Fairly common at high elevations among the rocks. BIBLIOGRAPHY Abrams, LeRoy. An mpage! Flora of the Pacific States. Stanford Univ. Press, vol. 1923. *. Peek, Morton E. A Manual of ch Higher Plants of Oregon. A Binforas and Mort, eo 1941. 3. Piper, - V. and R. K. Beattie, Flora of the Northwest Coast. 4 nie "pandas Co., ae, 1915. : Smith, Warren D. The Geology and Mineral Resoure s of Lane County Ne Oregon Dep. Geol. and epee ee Resources Bull, OREGON State ERED CorvVALLIS, OREGON. 92 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Shorter Notes Some New HAmpsuire FERNS.—Botanists everywhere have welcomed Edith Scamman’s valuable monograph ‘‘Ferns and Fern Allies of New Hampshire.’’ While this monograph was in press one new fern was added to the New Hampshire flora. Neal Gilbert, a student of Dartmouth College and an enthusiastic fern hunter, found a single small plant of x Asplenosorus ebenoides. This : plant was found on a large boulder, on ‘which Camp- tosorus rhizophyllus was growing, in Lyme, New Hamp- shire. A photograph of it has been deposited in the Gray Herbarium. The writer and Mr. Gilbert visited the station in October. Due to the severe drought the hybrid and most of the walking fern plants were badly dried. Miss Scamman credits New Hampshire with two localities for Athyrium pycnocarpon—Alstead and Han- over. The Hanover station reported by Jesup ap- parently disappeared some time ago. From Jesup’s botanical notes, discovered many years ago, it was found that the station for this fern was in the south- western part of town. The writer and others tried t relocate the station 20 or more years ago. The approx- imate site was found, but no plants. In 1943 a group of amateur Hanover botanists was exploring the Con- necticut Valley region in the northern part of town and Mr. N. L. Goodrich, Librarian of Dartmouth College, found in a shaded ravine a fine stand of this Athyriwm with nearby a few plants of Dryopteris Goldiand. Al- though fronds were collected and pressed for the JesuP Herbarium at Dartmouth, they somehow disappeared an not until last year (1947) were fronds deposited in the College herbarium. These-were collected by Professor Poole of the Botany Department. Specimens were als0 / “pr TR 7 Seo ge ee ne oe RECENT FERN LITERATURE 93 sent to the Gray Herbarium. It is difficult to account for the scarcity of this fern in New Hampshire. Just across the river in Vermont it is fairly common, and several stations within a few miles of Hanover are own.—Haroup G. Ruae, Dartmouth College. Borrycutum Rance EXxTENsIons in West VirGINiA— The discovery of Botrychium simplex in Upshur County, West Virginia, represents a considerable range extension. The nearest, and only other known West Virginia sta- tion, is near Terra Alta, Preston County, some sixty miles to the northeast.1 Only four plants of B. simplex were found, but search in the vicinity revealed seventy- five plants or more of B. lanceolatum var. angustiseg- mentum. This grapefern, having been previously dis- covered in only three counties in the State, is considered quite rare, However, more extensive searches in suit- able localities may reveal other stations for both species. The find was made July 30, 1947, by the author, near the Upshur County Youth Camp at Selbyville, West Vir- _ 8a. The plants were growing on a steep, wooded talus Slope at an elevation of about 2,000 feet above sea-level. As is the case at the Terra Alta station, plants of every Botrychium known in West Virginia are to be found nearby —R. M. Tetrick II, Buckhannon, West Virginia. Recent Fern Literature Readers of the Fern Journal may recall that Prof. Martens of the University of Louvain recently recorded ule discovery of curious glandular organs among the ‘porangia in the sori of Polypodium virginianum.* This Seovery has led him to investigate, with the aid of a Sam JOURNAL 33: 140-41, 1943. This Jourwan, 37: 124, 1947. 94 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL pupil, Mlle. Nelly Pirard, the nature of similar struc- tures in other species, commonly interpreted as abortive or modified sporangia. Tracing the development of these structures from their early stages, he finds that in most of the 50 species studied they are not modified sporangia at all, but often glandular and in the nature of hairs. In two eases only, Polypodium virginianum, already deseribed, and Vittaria scolopendrina were real modified sporangia found. In the Vittaria, these begin growth in the normal manner, but the cells of the pedicel soon be- come enlarged and secrete tannin. The development of the spore-bearing capsule is retarded and sometimes pre- vented altogether. When it does develop to maturity it is perched at the top of a swollen, glandular organ. Under these circumstances, the annulus does not function in the usual way, but remains inactive; the whole capsule falls off, leaving a hole at the base through which the spores escape..—C. A. WEATHERBY. A comprehensive treatment? of the ferns of Guam has been published by Warren H. Wagner, Jr., and David F. Grether. The two authors visited the island of Guam 25 times between December 1944 and June 1946, while serving in the Naval Air Transport,‘and made numerous collections of the pteridophytes. They were assisted in the work by a number of other servicemen who had or- ganized the Guam Society of Natural Sciences, which met weekly at the town of Agafia. These collections have been worked up earefully at the University of Cali- fornia. Fifty-seven species are definitely reported from uam. This is about one-fifth of the total number of indigenous vascular plants known from the island. Te? of the species are here reported from Guam for the es s, P. Formations sporangiales et ‘‘parasporangiales chez quelque fougéres. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique, 79: ra 2 Pteridophytes of Guam. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Oceas. Papers | 19: 25-99, 1948, a AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY 95. time. Cyclosorus maemonensis is described as new. All species are keyed and described, and a number are illus- trated by photographs also.—C. V. M. M. A. Chrysler and J. L. Edwards have published? a book on the ferns of New J ersey that ought to be in every fern student’s library. It represents the results of years of careful study and checking of records. € - Notes on a collection of Cuban Piridophv, with deserip- - tions of four new a (Bu rrey Club 29: 577- th L sae 2 ietiabula? on ca. “(Plant World oe 38. 1903.) Notes on American ferns: VI. (Fern Bull. 11: 38-40. 903.) A study of cer rtain Mexican and Guatemalan species of Polypodium. (Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 8: 271-276. pl. 61, 62. June 27, 1903.) - Notes on the birds of araee County, New York, with especial reference to body’s recent list. (Auk 20: 262-266. July, lon An odd nest-site of the chimney swift. (Bird Lore 5: 133. Aug. 1903.) A fern new to the United States. (Torreya 3: 184, 185. Dee. 22, 1903. - Two new ferns of the genus Polypodium, shiva. Jamaica. : (Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 27: 741-744. May 2 pinge: A new fora, Goniophlebinm Pringlei, from Mexi a f . 8. Nat . 27: 953, 954. pl. 48; text a Tune 2. 4-103. : Oct. 190 . A new Asplenium from Mexico. (Bull. Torrey Club ee 4 . 1904.) On the names of three Jamaican species of Polypodiv™ : -) (Bull. Torrey Club 32: 73-75. Feb. 1905 RE Sa SW = re Rear eee Se aid aaa ead Ca Ani Bh Sg on pet pies 2 at pea BIBLIOGRAPHY 109 . A new Botrychium from Jamaica. (Bull. Torrey Club 32: pl. 6. Apr. 1905.) 219-222. . A new species of fern of genus Polypodium from Jamaica. (Smi iths. Mise. Coll. 47: 410, 411. pl. 57. ie 5, peed . 39: 366 . Adenoderris, a valid genus of es (Bot. G [Review of Index Filicum ; ae Bing Christensen. | (Seience, II. 22: 267-269. ‘Beak 1, A new name for a Mid erican — tee Biol. Soe. Middle-Am Washington 18: 224. Oct. 17, 1905. ) - A new fern from P ico. (Proc. Biol. Soe. Washing- orto Ri ton 18: 215, 216. Oct. 17, 1905.) A new Lycopodium from Guatemala. (Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington 18: 231, 232. Dee. 9, 1905. ) - Anew name for Kaulfussia Blume, a genus of marattiaceous Dee ferns. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 18: 239, 240. 9, 1905 . A new Padeych inne from Alabama. (Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington 19: 23, 24. Feb. 26, 1906. 53. Report on a collecting trip in Costa Rica. a ourn, N. Y- Bot. Gard. 7: 187-193. fig. 23, 24. Aug. 1906.) 54. Two new pats of the genus Lindsaea. ie gon Coll. 503: 335, 336. Oet. 28, 1907.) (With L. M. . “ss 55. Studies of tropical American ae 1. (Contr. U. 8. at. Herb. 10: 473-508. pl. 55, 56. Mch. 30, 1908.) 56. A new spleenwort from China. “(coe U. 8. Nat. Herb. ' 12: 411. pl. 60. May 10, 190 57. Studies of tropical American a te 2. (Contr. U. 8. es Nat. Herb. 13: 1-43. pl. 1-9. June 30, 1909.) ; Schizaeaceae [of North America]. N. Amer. Fi. 16: 31-53. Noy, 6, 59, Ohne ( e North America]. N. Amer. Fl. 16: 55-63. 6, 60, Cyatheaccac [of wee orth America]. N. Amer. Fi. 16: 65- : 88. Nov. 6, 1909, LA i. = fern from pons (Smiths. Mise. Coll. 62 1-3. Nov. 22, 11.) On ath "lidehe of Cyathea pees type of the genus Hemitelia. (Bull. Torrey Club 38; 545-550. pl. 35. Jan. 110 ~— = AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL 6, 1912.) . Three new club-mosses from Panama. (Smiths. Mise. Coll. pl. 1-3. Jan. 6, 1912. 5629; 1-4, . Notes on the North American species of Pdemedtciss (Bull. T : 2.) . The relationship o splenium lane eae U. 8. Nat. Herb. 16: 1-3. pl. 1, 2. Feb. 13, July, 1911; mage he 1912 1912.) . Notes on American ferns: VIII. (Fern Bull. 19: 67-70. ) . A new name foe an fern. here Fern Journ. 2: 19, 20. text bates othe 29, 1912 . A new fern “ih Panama, + Mader, yah Journ. 2: 21, 22. Ne: 29, sae of Hage rales ferns,—No. 3. rt Contr. U. §. Nat. Herb. 16: 25-62. 18-34. June 19, 1912.) . The tree-ferns of North ila. (Report Smiths. Inst. 11: 463 1911: 463-491. pl. 1-15. Dec. 12, p a912, . A new genus of phen ferns. an ourn, Washington Sei. 3: 143, . March 4, ead. 13.) : puatacdis [of eh pabes eastern altel States]. (Ia Small, J. K., FL 8S. E. U. S., ed. 2, 1-31. Apr. 23, i ll. 6 Z ea ies a new seen of ferns. (Smiths. Mise. Co 1-5. pl. 1, 2; text fig. 1. May 26, 1913 , prandigie ts [of ee northern United States, ean and the ritish Possessions]. (In Britton & Brown 1-54. June 7, 1913.) sues es irate American ferns,—No. 4. (Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 17: 133-179. pl. 1-10; text fig. 1-7. June 20, 1913.) . Some —— deseribed ferns from the Southwest. (Amer rm J rn. 3: 119-126. Dec. 1913.) . Studies - Gone American ferns,—No. 5. (Contr. U. © at. Herb. 17: 391-425. pl. 11-23; teat jig. 8-10. Ja» 21, 1914.) A family ° = new to the United States. (Amer. Ferm Journ 5-17. March, 1914. The North FEE species of Peilogramme. (Bull Torrey Club 42: 79-86. Feb. 27, 1915.) i Notes on American ferns: IX. (Amer. Fern Jour. 5: : Notholaena esshenbivsiaia and. a related new specie a —_ Fern Journ. 5: 4-7. March 1915.) co bo 102, BIBLIOGRAPHY 111 - Polypodium marginellum Ae its a ee allies. (Bull. Torrey Club 42: 219-225. Apr. 24, 1915.) Report upon a collection i fecas tre western South Amer- ica. (Smiths. Mise. Colls 658; 1-12. May 3, 1915 Note upon Pol ypodium subtile and a related species. eo Fern Journ, 5: 50-52. May, 1915.) Studies of tropical American ferns—No. 6. (Contr. U. 8. t. res: - Notes on American ferns,—X. (Amer, Fern Journ. 6: a 00 ® us} se : .) - Notes on western species of Pellaca. (Proc. Biol. Soc. gton 30; 179-184. Dee. 1, 1917.) A - Notes on American ferns—XI. (Amer. Fern Journ. 7: 104-106. 1917.) A new Notholaena — the Southwest. (Amer. Fern. Journ. 7: 106-109. 1917.) (Issued Feb. 23, 1918) The American range e Botrychium scoala (Rhodora 20: 19. Jan. 1918.) - A new hybrid aise (Amer. Fern Journ. 8: 1-3. 1918. A new Gt from Mexico ieghe: ‘Washington Acad. 199, 200. Apr. 4, 1918.) Sci. 8 - Polystichum andersoni and related species. (Amer. Fern 18 Journ. 8: E Further notes on Pitta (Amer. Fern Journ. 8: 89-94. 1918. 91 » A new Polystichum from California. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 8: 620-622. Nov. 19, 1918.) - Notes on American ferns XII. (Amer. Fern Journ. 8: 114~121, 1918.) (Issued Jan. 20, 1919) The lip-ferns of the Southwestern United States related to Cheilanthes Saige a Biol. Soc. Washington * $31: 139-151. Nov A new Selaginella frase Oklahoma and Texas. (Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington 31: 171, 172. thes 30, 1918. Notes on American ee (Amer. Fern Journ. 9: 1-5. 1919.) A new Cheilanthes iting Mexico. (Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash- ington 32: 111, 112. May 20, 1919.) - A new Alsophila as Guatemala and Veracruz. ( Biol. Soe. W: Washington 32: 125, 126. June 27, 1919.) Ferns of the District of Columbia. (Amer. Fern Journ. 9: 112 jak i=) wo AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL July 38-48. » 4919.) . Pteridophyta, Polygonaceae, sean Orobanchaceae, Phrymaceae, a Dipsacaceae, Campanulaceae, Lobeliaceae, Antennarta [of Dis Bick a Columbia]. (In oe & reat = ia of the nace of Columbia, Contr. U. Herb. 21. Sept. 23, 1919. . Notes on American Fee pee Fern Journ, 9: 67-73. Oct. 1919.) . Notes on American ferns—XV. (Amer. Fern Journ, 10: = —4, Apr. 1920 ) ; . Cyatheaceae [of Mexico]. (In Standley, Pa — and Shrubs of 38-47. exico,-Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. Oct. 11, 1920.) . New selaginellas from the western . States. (Smiths. Coll. 725: 1-10. pl. 1-6. 1920. ise. . Notes on Auedlokes n fetes KVL ak Fern Journ. 11: 1 921.) rake neglected erm pa sane _ Biol. Soe. Washington 34: 11 1.) . June 30, . Notes on ‘Ameria eae, (Amer. Fern Journ. 11: 39. 1921.) dey - Notes on ecu ferns,—XVIII. (Amer. Fern Journ. 11: 105-107. 1921.) (Issued Mareh 31, 1922) . Notes on a collection of ferns from the Dominican Republic. (Proe. Biol. Soc. Washington 35: 47-52. March 20, 1922.) . The botanical gardens of Jamaica. (Report Smiths. Inst. 1920: 523-535. pl. 1-20. 1922. Studies of tropical American ferns,—No. 7. ~ ‘oes Nat. Herb. 24: 33-63. pl. 11-20. Aug. 15, 192 2.) . A new Salvinia from ie (Journ. Washington Acad. sn new to the ( n flora Eien a Acad. 437-443. Nov. 19, 1922.) 2: . The genus Culcita. oe Washington Acad. Sei. 12: 4-46 22.) ec. 4,1 . The genus igi cage (Journ. Washington Acad. Sei. 13: 28-31. Jan. 19, 1923.) . The fit atone of pret (Journ. Bot. Brit. & For. 61: 1923. 7-10. Jan . A new Depeviens from Dominica. sabe Biol. Soc. Wash- ington n 36: 49, 50. March 28, : Oceasional notes on Old World tien . thas Biol. So¢- . . Sovgaets [of ea and Nevada]. (In sone OR Flora 43 BIBLIOGRAPHY 113 Washington 36: 169-178. May 1, 1923. ) ‘ ~ gs ak elle the pees PEE, (In RO Il. Fi. acif. Sta . fig. 1-109. May, 1 3.) : es on ecto tarue REE. (Amer. a Journ. 13: 5 0 3.) ~ eo o AS ~ . Two new species of Jamesonia. (Journ. Washington Acad. i. 14: Feb. 4.) Sei. : 72-74. ’ - . New or critical ferns from Haiti. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sei. 14: 86-92. Feb. 19, 1924 . A third species re Atalopteris. (Proce. Biol. Soc. Washing- on 63, 64. Feb, 21, 1924 4s , - New or las ferns from the Dominican Republic. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington ie ‘97-104. Feb. 21, 1924.) - New West Indian ferns. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sei. ) 14; 139-145. March 19, 1924. . Further notes on Hispaniola ferns. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 14: 195-199. May 4, 1924 - Two new ferns — the Dominican Republic. (Amer. Fern Journ. 14: 74-76. Sept., 1924. ) - New tropical Featotebe Aas (Amer. Fern Journ. 14: 99-102. 1924.) (Issued Jan. 6, 1925) - Notes on American ferns,—XX. (Amer. Fern Journ. 15: 1925.) 16-19. May 26, May, Ferns as a hobby. (Nat. Geogr. Mag. 47: 541-586. illustr. 1925.) - New tropical ere c: ferns—II. (Amer. Fern Journ. 15: 54-57. June, h and Nevada, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25: 43-52. Oct. rs 1925 : Hew tropical American ferns—III. ae Fern Journ. 16: ) 1-9. March, 1926. New tropical American ferns—IV. (Amer. Fern Journ. - 1-6. 1928 ; A new tree-fern fro ort Haiti. (Journ. Washington — Sci. 18: 316, 317. June 4, 1928.) AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL . New Sayre American ferns—V. (Amer. Fern Journ. 18: . 1928. The ene of Polypodium triangulum L. (Journ. Wash n Acad. Sci. 18: 582-586. fig. 1. Dee. 19, 1928.) : Sidiipinn pie in European herbaria. (Expl. & Field-work oe s. In st. Publ. 3011: 109-114. f. 94-99. March, 29.) . A diminutive new holly-fern from Ecuador. (Journ. Wash- n Acad. Sci. 19: 197-199. fig. 1. May 19, 1929.) Am ington . New tropical American ferns—VI. (Amer. Fern Journ. 19: 44-48, 92 te singular new Diyorions from Colombia. (Journ, Wash- ington Acad. Sci. 19: 245-247. fig. 1. June 19, 1929.) 20: . New tropical American ferns—VII. (Amer. Fern Journ.. 2 1930.) ? . Fern miscellany. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 43: 81-88. J 930.) . Ferns of the gitar of Salvador. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington 43: 167-178. Sept. 26, 1930.) (With Paul C. andley.) . New sive American selene ees Fern J one 931.) 21: 136-139. Dee., 1 Soe botany: Its sereicoaient =e ene (Smiths. er. 11; 131-164: pl. 1 11-15, Two new ferns from Colombia. (Kew Bull. Mise. Inf. 1932.) Sei . New tropea American ferne-—1X. eet Fern Journ. Apr. 1932.) 1932; 134-136. ee new tropical American species of Adiantum. (Amer n. Bot. 19: 165-167. Feb. 25, 1932.) (With C. 4- oe ern miscellany—II. (Proce. Biol. Soe. Washington 46: 105-108. Apr. 27, 1933 . Fern miseellany—III. (Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington 46: 139-146 . June 30, 1933 ‘) : A second species of Ormoloma. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing ton 46: 157-158. Oct. 26, 1933 Gua Washington 46: 159-160. Oct. , 1933.) - New tropical American ferns—X. (Amer. Fern Journ. 23: 73-76. oa . New tropical American fora ox. (Amer. Fern Journ. #°* 4 - A new Lycopodium from western mala. (Proe. Biol. | BIBLIOGRAPHY 115 105-108. Mar. 8, 1934.) : ‘ fe hikun acrostichoides in Mexico. (Amer. Fern Journ. 4: 23-2 ar. 20, 1934.) - A new maidenhair from Peru. (Amer. Fern Journ. 24: 15- er 7. Mar. 20, 1934.) (With C. V. vie 1 - New tropical American ferns—XII. casa Fern Journ. ept:-19, 24; 72- .» Pleuroderris, a new genus of Miad le American ferns. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 24: 549-557. figs. 1, 2. Dee. 15, 1934.) - Natural history of Plummers Island, Maryland: Introduction. (Proce. Biol. Soe. Washington 48: 115-117. Aug. 22, 935.) - A new tree-fern from Trinidad. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 25: 528-530. 1 fig. Dec. 15, 1935. - Ceratopteris thalictroides in Jamaica. (Amer. Fern Journ. 25: 136-137. D 137. Dec. 29, 193 5.) - Thomas — botanist. (Smithson. Mise. Coll. 958: 1-6 Apr. 22, 1936.) y gion Vernon Coville. (Science 85: 280-281. Mar. 19, 1937. - Trichomanes — in Louisiana. (Amer. Fern Journ. 27: June 4, —68. 937.) : oe of] ae Cady Eaton, Charles Horton Peck, il Underwood, George Vasey, and Thomas Walter. (In Dic- tionary of American Biography, 1935-1937.) - A new species of Dryopteris, subgenus Eudryopteris, from So n 50: 179, 180. Guatemala. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washin Notes on American ferns—X (nue: Fern Journ. 27: 10 Jan. 3, 1938.) Pteridophyta. (In T. G. Yuneker, A ae to the 9- - Fern miscellany—IvV. an Biol. Soe. Washington 51: _ 33 40. Mar. 18, 1938. ) ne - The American species of Dryopteris, subgenus Memscvum (Bull. Torrey Club 65: 347-376, pl. 11-14. June 1938.) (With C. V. Morton.) 116 177. ® a 58-61. . New sao Pesca - The name of the deer-fern. ) AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ; ey 8 Notes on American ferns—XXII. Amer. Fern Journ. 2 140-144, Dee. 15, 1938 6: - New ferns from Bolivia and Peru. (Bull. Torrey Club 6 39-45, fig. 1. Jan. 30, 1939.) (With C. V. Morton.) ) 29: - Notes on American ferns—X XIII. (Amer. Fern Journ. - Fern miscellany—V. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 52: 113- 1 939.) . Pteris multifida in W ae D.C. (Amer. Fern Journ. 29: 122-193. Aug. 12, . [Review of FP. Ve aay ghee al of ee (Nat. Hort. Mag. 18: 288-289. Oct. 1939. - Some species of eee new and old. (Contr. Gray + 8-17 7 Herb. 127: . Oct. 25, 1939.) (With C. A. eatherby. P Hymenanglnce ee iihiccds (In R. E. Woodson an R. J Contributions toward a flora . ane III, Pata meg Bot. Gard. 26: 273-274. Nov. 1939.) Teostabeig. (In R. E. Woodson and R. J. rat Contribu- tions toward a flora of Panama—III, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 26: 272-273. Nov. 1939.) (With C. V. Morto 272 n.) A Pteridophyta [of Arizona]. (In Kearney & ae A Flower: ing Plants and Ferns of Arizona, U. 8. t. Agr. Mise Publ. 423: 24-45 1: New tropical American ferns—XIII._ (Amer, Fern Journ. 32: June 29, 1942. an. oot (Amer. Fern Jour. h- ; Five new ae of es from Peru. iv ourn. Was! : 24-27, - (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 34: fig. 1. Feb. 15, 1944.) Diplazium lonchophylm in Louisiana. (Amer. Fern 10cm : 21-24. Mar. 22, 1944. N ephrolepis “gual (Willd.) Presl. (Amer, Fern Jourm- ? 25. Nov - 22, 1944, (Amer. Fern Journ. 34: 50-51. June 19, 1944, ™ miscellany—VT, 21. June 28, 1944.) | A new species of Hemitelia from Peru. (Journ. Washingt? ; \ 49- (Proe. Biol. Soe. Washington 57: 1 EARLY YEARS OF MAXON 117 Acad. Sei. 34%: 309-310. pl. Sept. 15, 1944.) 196. New tropical American ferns—XV. (Amer. Fern Journ. 35: 21-23. April 11, 1945.) - 197. Two new ferns from Colombia. (Amer. Fern Journ. 36: 91-94, Sept. 16, 1946.) (With C. V. Morton.) 198. New Cyatheaceae from Colombia. (Journ. Arnold Arbore- tum 8-441, pl. 1. Oct. 15, 1946. 199. New ferns from the northern Andes. (Contr. Gray Herb. 165: 69-75, pls. 4-6. Oct. 6, 1947.) : 200. Puerto Rican fern notes, “(Proe. Biol. Soc. Washington 60:123-130. Oct. 9, 1947.) 201. Pteridophyta. (In Maguire, Plant explorations in Guiana in 1944, chiefly to the Tafelberg and the Kaieteur Pla- teau—I, Bull. Torrey Club 75: 66-80. Jan. 1948.) (With C. V. Morton.) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. Early Years of Maxon in Washington C. E. WatrERs In 1893, W. N. Clute organized the Linnaean Fern Chapter of the Agassiz Association, and this chapter later became the American Fern Society. Two years later, my friend Maxon joined the Fern Chapter, while he was a student in Syracuse University, where he re- ceived the degree of Ph.B. in 1898. For some reason, now forgotten, we became acquainted by the exchange of letters. I was then living in Baltimore, and once or twice a year spent a day of sightseeing in Washington. ou was appointed Aid in Cryptogamic Botany, in the National Museum, in 1899, and in that year or soon terward, I took occasion to visit him at the National Herbarium. This was then in the Old National Museum. 18 office was on the top floor of one of the square towers that failed to adorn the ugly brick building. There he id the full benefit of Washington’s midsummer tropical climate. Much of the time he must have had to keep the _ "dows closed, so his specimens would not be blown away. As a genial host he invited me to dine with him 118 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL in a lunchroom tucked away somewhere in the building. Only one thing is remembered about that lunch: on the bill of fare was ‘‘collyrobbers’’, a mystery until the waiter said that was the best he could do for ‘‘kohl-rabi.’’ When a young man, Maxon’s chief interest was in birds and not in ferns. He never told me why he made ~ the study of ferns, and not of birds, his life work. Per- haps like many another young man just out of college, he accepted the first promising job that offered. This is only a surmise. To young graduates the world seems formidable when they have their living to earn and don’t quite know how to get started. In my hearing Maxon never said he regretted having given up the study of birds, and perhaps in his more mature years he was glad of having made the change. At any rate he went along steadily, growing in his knowledge of ferns, and establishing a reputation as one of the world’s leading authorities on them. No doubt he would have done as intrinsically good work if he had become a professional ornithologist, but it seems to me that he was especially fortunate in having been put to work on the tropical American pteridophyta. A year or two after his coming to Washington, Maxon spent a day with me visiting two especially interesting localities near Baltimore. At one he saw Aspleniwm Bradleyi, at a station discovered not long before by J- H. Brummell, a florist and botanist living near Baltimore With it was A. montanwm, which Brummell had ove? looked. Here Maxon gave me my first and only lesso? in collector’s courtesy, by asking my permission to col- lect some specimens for the National Herbarium. He did not take it for granted that because the ferns were growing wild he had a right to take what he wanted. We took a train back to Baltimore and caught another on the Annapolis Short Line, which took us to a spot OP — the Coastal Plain, where Dryopteris simulata grew We EARLY YEARS oF Maxon 119 great beds in the woods. With it were’ even larger beds of Lorinseria areolata. These ferns grew ina level stretch of the woods not far from a small stream. They Were not the only species to be found there. Perhaps fifty yards from the stream there was a slight rise, and the woods were somewhat more dry and open. Here stew the type plants of Osmunda -cinnamomea glandu- losa, that were yet to be named. Altogether we had a busy and interesting day, and saw ferns that are not to be found every day in this part of the country. We kept up a desultory correspondence until well along in September 1904, when notification came of my ‘ppointment as a chemist in the almost brand-new Na- Honal Bureau of Standards, and some place in which to live had to be found before October 1. A letter to Maxon asked him whether he could recommend a good boarding house. His reply invited me to join a group of young men, of whom he was one, who rented an apartment and made it as much like a home as possible. They had a housekeeper who came in the morning in time to prepare breakfast, and left in the evening after the dinner dishes had been washed. During the day she did most of our laundry work, darning and mending, and the Various ‘chores familiar to housekeepers. Lunch was obtained in one of the numerous lunchrooms downtown. ere were normally five men in the group, and one of them was about to go abroad for the Department of Agri- culture for several months, which would leave a vacancy he, Maxon invited ine to fill. Needless to say, the invi- tation was gladly accepted, and I went to live with the Stoup of men. The apartment was a comfortable one, not at all crowded by the five of us, and the housekeeper was @ good cook, as well as otherwise efficient. The five san shared the general expenses equally, of adalat —< ig : took his turn for a month at a time in doing the Mrketing. This consisted chiefly in deciding what we 120 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL would have to eat, and ordering it, when on his way to work, at a nearby store. By common consent, Maxon sat at the head of the table and did the carving. He did this well, and in his more facetious moments with much mock ceremony. Two of the self-imposed rules, and practically the only ones by which the group was governed, related to the the meals. Nobody was permitted to read a newspaper at the table, and, except by unanimous consent, nobody could read excerpts from letters, no matter how inter- esting. : The men held scientific positions in the Government service, and were as serious-minded as could be expecte of them, yet there was plenty of light conversation, and a minimum of ‘‘talking shop.’’ It is true that there was a legend of their having once thrown hot penmes” from their window on the fourth floor to an orga grinder on the sidewalk. This sport was not repeated in my day, and the account of it may be only a legend. To repeat, the men were serious-minded, and some of them held positions of increasing responsibility in the scientific work of the Government. We know about Maxon and his work. Some others who were in the group at one time or another were: T. H. Kearney, who brought to this country many valuable plants for the Department of Agriculture; L. A. Rogers, at the time of his retirement in charge of the bacteriological labor® tories of the Bureau of Dairy Industry, and for whom is named a building of the University of Maine; J. M. Bell, chemist in what was then the Bureau of Soils, whe later became Professor of Chemistry in the University of North Carolina; L. Abrams, later Professor of Botany in Stanford University; Ralph Robinson, who assist G. T. Moore in experiments on the use of copper sulphate for killing detrimental algae in water reservoirs, and no manager of a citrus grove in Florida. J. I. Schulte wa EARLY YEARS oF MAxoNn 121 not a regular member of the group, but for years he took his meals with us. He held a responsible position in the Editorial Division of the Department of Agricul- ture. Between them, the men of the group were on friendly terms with many of Washington’s leading scien- tists. ; Tt may be added that two men of the group were elected to Honorary Membership in this Society. Al- though Maxon was taken from us before the results of the election could be announced, ‘he knew of his nomina- tion and it gave him great pleasure; and he could have had no doubt that he would be elected, probably unani- mously. Thus our affairs went on, until the inevitable break-up, When the men began to marry. The first man ventured - 1906, and two others followed in 1907, The survivors Moved to another apartment house, but this did not break the spell. In 1908 Maxon married a charming young Woman who, with an attractive daughter, survives him. Their home was in a pleasant part of Washington, near Rock Creek Park. Around the sides of the back yard flourished quite a collection of hardy ferns. Maxon was Successful with most of the species he planted. Maxon had many friends, for he was an approachable “an, not given to advertising his own merits. He ha Positive ideas about the way things should be done, but Was hot obstinately set on having his own way. . He was 4 good President of the Society, but in my opinion he Was even better as Editor-in-Chief of the Journal. In this task he was sometimes under fire from those who thought that too many ‘‘popular’’ articles were pub- “Med ; others criticized him for having too many purely “lentifie articles that were above the heads of most of ,. readers. Maxon knew that the life of the Society “Pended upon members of both types, and he did his ghee AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL best to have both kinds of articles in every issue of the Journal. The Society has lost its leading member, who was greatly liked by those who were fortunate enough to know him, and was respected by all members. Wasuineton, D. C. Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Ferns Dovetas H. CAMPBELL The geographical distribution of the existing ferus affords some interesting problems concerning the origin and relationship of the various families and genera. Whereas some families and genera are cosmopolitan, and some species like the common bracken (Pteridium aquilt- num) are spread over much of the world and are adapted to a great range of soil and climate, others are of Te stricted range, such as the small family Matoniaceae, cD fined to a few localities in Malaya, Borneo and Sumatra, one species Phanerosorus sarmentosus being known only from a single locality in West Borneo. One wf my most vivid recollections is a trip to Sara wak in West Borneo where I collected this rare fer- My main objective was another fern, Macroglossum, ® new genus of Marattiaceae described by E. B. Copeland. This fern grew in the same region as Phanerosorus and I shall never forget my first sight of this superb plant, whose massive upright simply pinnate leaves were desis feet tall and suggested a Cycad. My success in gettiné material of two such rarities made my Borneo visit 4 - memorable one. In a recent, very important summary of the ferns (Filicineae) Copeland recognizes three orders—Op™ — 2 Copeland, E:.B, Index Filieum. Chronica Botanica © Waltham, Mass. 1947. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION | 123 glossales, Marattiales and Filicales. The first two orders have each a single family and relatively few species, while the vast majority of the living ferns belong to the Filicales. While evidently not closely related, the Ophi- oglossaceae and Marattiaceae are alike in having massive sporangia which do not originate from a single epidermal cell, while in the Filicales the sporangium always de- velops from a single cell; they are sometimes known as the Leptosporangiatae, while the other two orders are called Eusporangiatae. However, it is not probable that Ophioglossales and Marattiales are really closely’ re- ated. While the Eusporangiatae are recognized as the oldest ghd most primitive of existing ferns the Ophioglossaceae differ so much from all the other ferns that they prob- at ly may represent an independent phylum. The Marat- tlaceae, however, have so much in common with the Fili- cales as to indicate a real relationship with them. The Ophioglossales include a single family Ophioglos- Saceae, with four genera, of which two—Ophioglossum and Botrychiwm—are widely distributed, the other two senera being much more restricted in their range. Ophi- oglossum is cosmopolitan, but most abundant in the tropies, whereas Botrychium is mainly restricted to the ‘orth Temperate Zone. Although the Ophioglossaceae are typically terrestrial, two very characteristic species ot -epiphytes—Ophioglossum pendulum of the East Indies and Polynesia and O. palmatum of the American tropies and also the old world. The Marattiales, also a single family—Marattiaceae— ‘re Mostly inhabitants of the humid tropics. Copeland yy obnizes: six genera, the two most important being t arattia and Angiopteris, both large ferns widely dis- vg uted. Danaea is exclusively American and Kaul- fussia ig Indo-Malaya 124 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL The Filicales have 19 families, many genera, and hundreds of species, and include the vast majority of the living ferns. Many genera are cosmopolitan, but some are more restricted in their range. The wide distribution of many ferns is due, no doubt, to the readiness with which their innumerable light spores may be transported by air currents. Thus ferns are wate 8 characteristic of remote oceanic islands, are the first immigrants on areas that have been Svisain by voleahic eruptions. A notable case was the reestablishment of the vegetation on Krakatau, 4 voleanic island near Java, which in 1882 was almost de- stroyed by a violent explosion which completely de- stroyed the vegetation on what was left of the island. When first visited three years later several species of ferns were well established but no flowering plants. In 1906 I had an opportunity to visit the island. By this time, due to the equatorial climate and the proximity of Java and Sumatra, there had developed a luxuriant vegetation, especially in the formation of a young forest along the shore, which included fruiting coconuts, Pan- danus, Casuarina and other characteristic strand plants. While most of the families of the Filicales are wide- spread, and many cosmopolitan, several families are mainly confined to the Southern Hemisphere. Amons these are the Hymenophyllaceae, Schizaeaceae, Gleicheni- -aceae, and Cyatheaceae. The oceurrence of a very 1eW species of Hymenophyllum in Europe, and Schizaea and Lygodium in the eastern United States might be ex plained as migration from the south. The general occur rence of these families in such widely separated areas as South America, Australia and New Zealand indicates that they originated in the Southern Hemisphere. The great land masses of the Northern and Southern Hemi- spheres were separated by a wide ocean belt unti the NOTES ON ONOCLEOPSIS 125 end of the Mesozoic, by which time the families had presumably become differentiated. It has been suggested that the several southern continents had originally been united into one which broke up and drifted apart, while in the Northern Hemisphere the continents remained connected. This theory of Continental Drift should be considered in studying the present distribution of ferns. STANFORD UNIVERSITY. Further Notes on Onocleopsis F. BALLARD The present article is intended to supplement the Somewhat meager information supplied with the original description which was published in this Journal in 1945 (page 1). It is not often that one is privileged to de- Scribe a really new fern genus and since Onocleopsis belongs to the small and interesting group which in- cludes Matteuccia and Onoclea, some additional informa- lon may prove of interest. Mr. Weatherby has already drawn attention to the fact that Hinton was not the first to discover the plant. We now know that Conzatti and Gonzalez found it in Oaxaca in 1897. The specific epithet ‘‘Hintonii”’, there- fore, might be said to be misleading and is an argument for the view, held by some taxonomists, that epithets should always be based on some attribute of the plant rather than on personal names or geographical locations. The species is now known to have been found at two localities in Mexico and one in Guatemala, all of them at altitudes of 2000 meters or more. According to Hin- ton’s notes, it is rooted in sand under running water and at certain seasons may suffer considerably from flood- ng. It apparently has the habit of Matteuccia Struthi- ot a tall shuttlecock of sterile fronds up to a OURNAL 35; 52-53, 1945. TION (SOLI i) SS f Ms a | i te Sug WAL Whi LES SQ Wess TN Ss adie, i, eA ip AY a, TAN SSNS \ NS CO oy) NO (Z1 Shy, Ky Bi VE Vij LZ tA == Yi SS / Vy yy SS SS Ys My Zz: Ww ~ SS On Wh Yi y y Ls «1 S ANS aN ee ae IE or

tees. som Remon: ONOCLEOPSIS Hort TYPE eee NoTES ON ONOCLEOPSIS 131 sensibilis were also examined for comparison. Herba- rium specimens were again used and the spores of both Plants were found to be identical in construction with those of Onocleopsis. Indeed, apart from slight differ- ences in size, it is doubtful whether they could be dis- tinguished. The measurements of the spores were as follows : : OnocLEa :—Leneth of complete spore 52 » to 58 w; of Spore minus exine 39 » to 46 Marreuccia—Length of complete spore 45 p to 49 p; of spore minus exine 32 p to 40 p. The spores of these two genera have been described both by Christensen and Copeland as ‘‘bilateral’’ though this character cannot be very pronounced. The profile View of a spore as seen in fig. 4 gives very little idea of its three-dimensional shape. I was quite unable to make up my mind ‘as to the exact shape of the spores of Ono- cleopsis or of its congeners though I suggest they con- form to what Erdtmant calls ‘‘suboblate.’? As stated above, the exine of Onocleopsis is finely granular and there seems to be no trace of epispore. . Although Matteuccia is usually stated to possess an *Pispore, I could find only slight traces of extraneous tissue adhering to the exine. In the original generic description the nervation of nocleopsis was stated to be similar to that of Onoclea. € long narrow costal areoles are present in both, While the only free veins are those along the margins of the pinnae. To avoid ambiguity, if any should exist, it Suggested that the phrase in the specific deseription, .yenulis apice liberis nullis’’ should read ‘‘venulis apice beris €xceptis marginalibus nullis.”’ < = senera Matteuccia, Onoclea and Onocleopsis ee ompa ; ae el —__"Pact group of obvious affinity. They have prob 0 “Introd. to Pollen Analysis 45, 1943. 132 _ AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ably no close living relatives and are certainly of an- cient lineage. The two first named were treated by Christensen (1938) as a subfamily of his Polypodiaceae. In Copeland’s latest arrangement (1947), however, they are rejected from a more circumscribed Polypodiaceae and appear under his Aspidiaceae, though without the status of subfamily. Indeed, the category of subfamily seems not to be accepted by Copeland. This seems 4 pity, more especially in a large family such as the As- pidiaceae (66 genera) in which the Onoclea group rubs shoulders with such morphologically diverse elements as Elaphoglossum, Dryopteris and Quercifiliz. Royau Botanic GARDENS, Krew. A New Athyrium with Reticulate Venation EK. B. CopeLAND ATHYRIUM praestans Copeland, n. ae Diplazium (?) praestans Max h A. rhizomate breve aiacondente stipitibusque paleis fuscis angustis 2-3 mm. longis integris vestitis; stipiti- bus ror fasciculatis, 4-7 em. longis, 2 mm. ¢ra rassis, obscuris; lamina 20-30 em. longa, 7-9 em. lata, 0% lancagtie subeuspidata, basi attenuata, integra vel un- dulata, herbacea, glabra; costa conspicua, venis angulo e acuto excurrentibus deinde versus rginem bath — fureatis et anastomosantibus; soris irregulari oe usque ad 5 em. longis, fere omnibus unilateralibus ( plenioideis), indusiis angustis integris Peru: Martin, alt. 260 meters, in eine G. Klug No. ; (type, in U. S. National Herbarium). Also, Depart ment Junin: Killip & — th 33621, alt. 700-900 m.; 26798, alt. 340 m.; 27800, alt. 135 m. ; Department of San Martin: F. Woytkowski ‘$5937 alt. 890 m When I chose this subject for a publication in honoF of Doctor Maxon, I intended to treat the species aS if resenting a new genus. Considering only it and oe types and body - Athyrium and Diplazium, its generi¢ VOLUME 38, PLATE 11 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL AUNAAAN N ATyrivm PRAESTANS, TYPE, WITH DETAIL OF CELL STRUCTURE - f LEA OF STIPE (x 90) 134 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL separation would be justified, and would have ample precedent. I have decided not to do this because it has too much precedent, and would in turn be a precedent for the recognition of several more potential genera. In my Genera Filicum, I have admitted as genera Hemidictyum, Callipteris and Déplaziopsis (besides Anisocampium, which is no near relative of the ferns considered here), all most conspicuously characterized by the patterns of the anastomosing veins. I have not given generic status to Athyrium esculentum, which may be the type of Presl’s genus Digrammaria, nor t0 the group of A. cordifolium, which includes the types of Anisogonium Presl, Ochlogramma Presl, Pieriglyphs Fée, and perhaps of Oxygonium Presl. These seem t0 constitute a natural group of species, which might be. one genus, and include A. fraxinifoliwm, the veins of which are usually free. Generic status would be given to A. praestans as rea- sonably as to any of the preceding species or groups: But, with the same propriety, it could be given to its Peruvian neighbor, A. pinnatifidum, to Diplazium aber- rans of Colombia, and to A. ceratolepis of Costa Rica. The immediate affinities of these species are not clear to me, but their differences are such that I would not com- bine them in’ a genus distinct from Athyrium. ; Anastomosis of the veins is obviously correlated with the integrity (absence of dissection) of considerable areas of lamina, whether of simple fronds or of very ample pinnae. As a casual, more or less rare, phe- nomenon, it occurs in similarly undissected fronds of some species, such as A. plantaginifolium, the type SP& cies of Diplazium, in which it has not become estab- lished. Free veins are surely to be regarded as primr tive in the genus. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, West InpIAN FERN FLORA Pop: Origin of the West Indian Fern Flora M. A. CHRYSLER The richness of the West Indies fern flora in respect to both individuals and species is sure to impress the visiting botanist. With a vast reservoir of species in South America and with ocean currents, trade winds, hurricanes, and birds provided, it might appear easy to account for the origin of the flora. But as soon as one looks into the matter he begins to find serious obstacles. A review of the problem, to which Dr. Maxon made so Many contributions, is attempted in this article. Let it at once be admitted that the origin of the fern flora, depending on distribution by spores, cannot be settled apart from the general problem of introduction of higher plants. A very small proportion of the fern flora exists apart from forests, even though the pioneer ora of Krakatau may have consisted of blue-green algae and mycorrhizal ferns (van Leeuwen, 1936). The Problem is thus enlarged by our having to consider modes of dispersal which are effective only over short distances, The ease with which hypothetical land- bridges can be furnished has led many biologists to dis- card such proposals unless supported by strong geolog- Teal evidence. Moreover, theories of dispersal of higher animals and plants by winds, ocean currents, floating Ya and the like are definitely rejected by some biolo- Topoarapny, PRESENT AND Past: THE GREATER ANTILLES Ninety miles south of Key West, across the Straits of Florida, lies the western end of the large island o @, which in the Sierra~Maestra of the eastern end reaches an altitude of 6500 feet. 136 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL . Due south of eastern Cuba, across 120 miles of deep water (to 23,000 feet) lies the much smaller but higher Jamaica. Eastward from Jamaica lies Hispaniola, also a mountainous island. Eighty miles to the east of the latter is the small but mountainous island Puerto Rico, with the Virgin Islands rising from a submerged shelf on the eastern side. Geologically the islands are simi- lar, and show no evidences of voleanic activity. If ordinary maps showed the depth of water as well as height of land, a conspicuous feature would appear; extending west-southwest from Jamaica to Honduras and Nicaragua is a great submarine plateau at depths of less than 6000 feet; above this rise a number of banks and ‘‘keys.’’ To ihe west lie the cavernous depths of the Bartlett Deep. The submarine plateau, islands of Jamaica, Hispaniola and Puerto Rico, with a branch represented by Cuba, are regarded by Schuchert (1935) and other geologists as part of an Antillean geanticline. During the Eocene and again during the Miocene and early Pliocene the now submerged portions appear t0 have been above water, forming a continuous land- bridge making possible the dispersal of plants and ani- mals from Central America. For more or less Pro longed periods the four islands were connected, such periods being followed by sinkings bringing about isola- tion of one or another of the islands from the chain, and the partial submergence of the islands, e.g-, the central part of Cuba. To complicate the situation, it should be recalled that the Panama land-bridge was completed only in late Mesozoic Time, and was broken during parts of the Cenozoic. Spread of plants from South America was manifestly delayed by these earth movements. TopocrapHy: THE Lesser ANTILLES OR CARIBEES To the east of the Virgin Islands, and separated from West INDIAN FERN FLORA 137 them by the Anegada Passage, which reaches a depth of 6400 feet, extends an are-shaped group of islands be- ginning with tiny Sombrero and terminating in Gren- ada, which lies 90 miles north of Trinidad. This group embraces many small islands, also the larger Guade- loupe, Dominica, and Martinique. Many signs of vol- canie activity are evident (witness Mont Pelée), and for many years geologists regarded the islands as the product of submarine volcanoes arising from the Atlan- tie bottom, probably never forming a continuous ridge. These islands vary in age, but all are considered recent compared with the Greater Antilles. More recent methods of submarine study by means of gravity measurements have established the existence of an are of negative ‘‘gravity anomalies’’ lying slightly to the east of most of the Caribees, indicating the real- ity of a geanticline connecting the east end of the east- West Antillean geanticline with the east-west axis ex- tending through northern Venezuela and Colombia. Hess (1938) has furnished a useful account of the geo- logical aspects of the problem. Although geologists are cautious in concluding that this connecting geanticline tose above water as a more or less continuous ridge, it 1S at least possible that a land-bridge was present in the Tertiary, even though interrupted locally by sub- Sidence and erosion. We may now examine the various possible sources of the Antillean flora. (1) Florida, representing southeastern North America. The distance from Florida to Cuba, say 90 miles, rep- Tesents as short a gap as any now existing between the islands and mainland. Small (1938) recognizes over 60 species of ferns which occur in Florida as well as the Antilles, but agrees with other observers in the Pinion that most if not all of these are West Indies 138 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ferns which have spread across to the mainland; several of the spleenworts have even given rise to endemics, e.g., Asplenium biscaynianum. Moreover. the direction of prevailing winds and ocean currents indicates that spores from Venezuela or the West Indies would be de- posited on the eastern side of Florida. Incidentally, there are several of the seed plants which may have been carried from the southeastern states to Cuba | (Myrica cerifera, by birds (?), Pinus caribaea or other species, Quercus virginiana). (2) Continental Tropical America across the conjec-_ tured land-bridge between Honduras and Nica- ragua and Jamaica. Derivation of at least part of the iAaibllons flora from Central America is strongly indicated by the following ranges. Of the 284 Puerto Rican pteridophytes recog- nized by Maxon (1926) : 108 range from Mexico to South America 68 are reported only from Central and South America 11 are reported only from Central America’ 187 Of the remaining 97 species: 10 are endemic in Puerto Rico 55 others are found only in the West Indies 65 This leaves only 32 species to account te It may be remarked that these 10+55 species represent part of a real ‘‘ West Indian flora’’—if there is one. (3) Continental Tropical America by way of the com jectured land-bridge between Yucatan and Cuba. a 1It - realized Po the reported presence of a species in : given locality is of greater significance than the reported absene® Qu Pi occurrence of areas and the possible causes of areas.’ West INDIAN FERN FLORA 139 Yucatan lies only 130 miles from the west end of Cuba. Little evidence however has been adduced for the functioning of a late and evanescent bridge across this gap. But a study of the flora of Pinar del Rio, western Cuba, might reveal the presence of plants occurring here as well as Mexico or Central America, but not in eastern Cuba and Hispaniola. (4) Venezuela and adjoining parts of South America. Between Trinidad (structurally, geologically and floristically a part of Venezuela) and Grenada extends a passage 90 miles wide and with depths to 2400 feet. This has usually been considered an effective barrier, but as we have seen, recent geological research has at least Supported the idea of an axis connecting the east end of the Antillean geanticline with the Venezuelan east-west Compilation of the work of Maxon (1926), Domin (1929), and Hodge (1941) shows that 42 species of pteri- dophytes, reported from various West Indian islands, °ccur also in Venezuela or adjoining countries, but are hot reported from Central America. Stehlé (1935-37) lists ferns only incidentally; from his work has been Compiled a list of 75 West Indian angiosperms occurring m Venezuela and/or adjoining countries but not in Central America. A contribution to the Antillean flora directly from Venezuela is thus plainly indicated. According to Maxon (1926) 36 out of the 42 pterido- Piytes just mentioned occur in Puerto Rico as well as Lesser Antilles. This is in line with the count made from Maxon’s work, that of the 284 pteridophytes found _ ™m Puerto Rico 184 occur also in the Caribees; many of these of course may have come from Central America ever the land-bridge. It looks as though there has been extensive migration between the Greater and Lesser An- Ulles. With the exception of endemics, there appears to be but little evidence for a distinct flora in the latter 140 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL group. It is obvious that if a direct land connection formerly existed between the Lesser Antilles and Vene- zuela, the effect on the West Indian flora of the pro- longed separation of North America from South Amer- ica in the Panama region is greatly lessened. If recent geological work ‘should fail to be substan- tiated, biologists are hard pressed to account for the fauna and flora of the Caribees. If wind and water, birds and floating logs must be depended on as carriers of propagules, it is important to bear in mind that the prevailing direction of both air and water currents in this region is in a general way from the east. The trade winds blow from the northeast, and hurricanes mostly move from south to north; the equatorial current flows strongly from the east along the north shore of South erica. As to angiosperms, the minute seeds of orchids are carried by winds, and the agency of birds must not be overlooked. For an extended treatment of this topi¢ the reader is referred to Ridley (1930). (5) By mutation. One other source of the West Indian flora deserves brief consideration—the origin of new species by muta tion in plants already introduced. No doubt this proc ess is constantly in operation, but perhaps most a tively when a recently introduced plant finds conditions somewhat different from the former ones; some of the conditions may be favorable for preservation of the novelty. ‘One of the changes associated with the origin of new forms is doubling (or otherwise altering) the normal chromosome number; this phase of the matte? is at present receiving much ale gk at the hands © cytologists, plant geographers and breeders. e new form may sooner or later be recognized the field and regarded as a variety, and later be raised to the status of a species. Good examples are t? West INpIAN FERN FLORA 141 found among the ferns. Cyathea arborea (L.) Smith, widely distributed in South America and the West Indies, is a hardy species, enduring considerable sun- light and only moderate humidity, as is shown by its occurrence as a roadside plant in the eastern mountain region of Puerto Rico. In 1881 Baker recognized C. arborea var. concinna at altitudes of 1500-2100 meters in the Blue Mountains of Jamaica. In 1891 Jenman raised the status of the plant to C. concinna. Thus far it has not been observed outside of Jamaica, and so is regarded as an endemic. Polypodium squamatum I. may possibly have arisen as a mutant from the widespread P. polypodioides (L.) Watt on one of the greater Antilles; it is now found in Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico and the Bahamas. Only 10 endemic species of pteridophytes are listed from Puerto Rico out of the total of 284 species, 1.e., 3.5%. That the angiosperms endemic in Puerto Rico form a larger proportion is indicated by such counts as the four endemics out of thirteen species. of Croton, — nine out of 25 in Eugenia, and many others. Speaking generally, it is agreed among plant geogra-. phers that the West Indian flora is distinctly a tropical One, showing close affinities with the South American ora. Two chief routes of migration are most probable: directly from Venezuela, and via Central America. As climatie changes are met along the way, some species drop out while others arise by mutation. The need for further field work is clear to every botanist who collects on the islands. Rutorrs Universiry. LITERATURE CITED peat S. A. 1944. Foundations of plant geography, 556 pp. - min, K. 1929. Pteridophyta of the island of Dominica. ee 1958 Gravity anomalies and island are structure 142 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL with particular reference to the West Indies. Proc. Amer. hil. Soc. 79: 71-96. Hodge, W. H. 1941. Notes on Dominica ferns. Amer. Fern , Journ. 31: 103-111; 121-127 Van Leeuwen, W. M. 1936. icrokakds, 1883-1933. Leiden. Maxon, W. RB. 1926. Pteridophytes, in Sci. Survey of Porto Rico and the ha Islands, vol. 6, part 3. New York Academy of Scien eR H. N. "1930. The dispersal of plants throughout the rid. Schuchert, C. C. 1935. Historical che i of the Antillean-Car- ibbean region. 811 New Yor Small, J. K. 1938. Ferns of the eee ad states. ‘Lancaster, . Pa. Stehlé, H. 1935-37. Flore de la Guadeloupe et dépendances. Unlisted Fern Names of Alphonso Wood’ E. D. Mere An examination of the various botanical works pub- lished by Alphonso Wood beginning with his first Class- Book (1845) indicates that there are a considerable number of unlisted binomials which have escaped the attention of those bibliographers interested in record- ing new names. A check of Wood’s new names for ferns in Christensen’s Index Filicum and its three sup- plements shows that the names listed below (marked with an asterisk *) have been overlooked, or in one ease (marked with a dagger {) the entry is erroneous. The one entry due to an error in transcription is pos sibly not worthy ‘of being recorded. The only works involved are the original edition of Wood’s Class- k (1845), its second and revised edition (1847), the first issue of his new Class-Book (1861), which is not a third edition of the original one, but an entirely new work,. and the American Botanist and Florist (1870). * Apiantum Curtis Wood, Class-Book, ed. 1861, $20. 1861 = i CapHew oadte Linn. 1See also, Merrill, E. D. Unlisted new names in Alphons? Wood’s botanical publications. Rhodora 50: 101-130. 1948. FERN NAMES OF Woop 143 This is a rather strange case, considering the cireum- . Stances. Wood visited Curtis on his trip to the south in 1857. All he says regarding this new species is: ‘‘We Saw specimens of a new Adiantum in the herbarium of M. A. Curtis from the Mts. of N. Car. But our notes are insufficient at present for its proper diagnosis.’’ he same statement appears in all printings of this work up to 1880, but in the 1881 issue, which was very slightly revised, its place is taken by Adiantum Capillus- Veneris Linn., but A. Curtisii Wood is not there men- tioned as a Synonym. Curtis in a letter written in 1857 to Asa Gray states: ‘‘Wood is taking in the southern field too. He spent a couple of days with me a fort- night since & has milked me to some extent .. . I have fen sorry, since he left, that I showed him as much as I did.’ One result was the rather irresponsible publi- cation, on the part of Wood, of Adiantum Curtisi ood, a nomen nudum. . * ANTIGRAMMA PINNATIFIDA Wood, Class-Book, ed. 1861, 822. 1861 = Asplenium pinnatifidum Nutt. (1818). At the end of the description Wood cites ‘‘ Asplenium, Nutt.,”? which explains the disposition of this new bi- nomial * ANTIGRAMMA RHYZOPHYLLA Wood, L.c., sphalm. = AL rhizophylla J. Smith = Camptosorus rhizophyllus (Linn.) Link. ; OTRYCHIUM NEGLECTUM Wood, Class-Book, ed. 2, 635. 1847 ; Class-Book, ed. 1861, 816. 1861 - B. ramosum (Roth) Aschers, The entry in Index Filicum is to the 1861 Class-Book, the entry being ‘ed. 2, 816. 1860.’ Underwood? cited It as “Ted, 3],’’ his date, 1860, being erroneous. How- “Ver, it was first described in 1847, Wood’s type being Tom Meriden, New Hampshire. Some authors recog- nize the species as a valid one; others reduce it to the “Bull. Torrey Cl. 30: 47. 1903. 144 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL European B. ramosum (Roth) Aschers. cae matricariae- folium A. = cao EBENOIDES Wood, Amer. Bot. Flor. 425. 1870 = Asplenium ebenoides R. R. Scott (1866). The entry is merely ‘‘C. ebenoides (R. R. Scott),’’ but this is renee! to place the new binomial. * CAMPTOSORUS Gobet Wood, Le. = Asplenium Sinan: Nutt., (1818). The entry here is merely “‘C. pinnatifidus (Nutt.),”’ a case similar to the preceding. CISTOPTERIS, as entered by Wood, Class-Book 460. 1845, nom. in syn. and Class-Book ed. 1861, 882. 1861, with C. bulbifera and (©. fragilis described in the work of 1861, is not listed as an overlooked name as Cistop- teris may be considered merely a variant spelling of Cys- topteris Bernh. This form of the generic name may have been used by other authors than Wood, even if not recorded. See my paper ‘‘Cystopteris fragilis or C. Vilix-fragilis?’’> The argument in favor of the binomial Cystopteris fragilis was that the original publication of the name Polypodium F[ilix] fragile was an error 0D” the part of Linnaeus in 1753, and that what he intended was Polypodium fragile, the form used in his Flora Svecica, ed. 2, 374. 1755. Mr. Weatherby informs me that Linnaeus, in his personal copy of the Species Plan tarum, had corrected the entry under Polypodium from ‘“F. fragile’’ to ‘‘fragile,’? which further supports ™Y argument. CoMMENT ON Woop’s TEXTS There has been much confusion in the actual citation of references to various issues of Wood’s Class-Book- Apparently it has not been generally realized that two entirely different works under the same leading title **Class-Book of Botany’’ were being issued concurrently and sold in great numbers year after year followin# ® Amer. Fern Journ. 25: 127-131. 1935. FERN NAMES OF Woop 145 1861. The subtitle of the original Class-Book is ‘‘A Flora of the Northern United States, Particularly New England and New York.’’ In 1847 it was rewritten, amplified and issued as a second edition. Its subtitle reads ‘‘A flora of the Northern, Middle, and Western States, Particularly of the United States North of the Capitol, Lat. 382°.’’? This work was an immediate suc- cess, and from 1848 on it was reprinted year after year from the original stereotype plates of the 1847 issue up to 1869, with undated issues after this period; each year it Was reprinted the date on the title page was changed, but otherwise there were no changes except that in the unimportant addenda of 1847 the four entries were in- creased to six by 1869. The most extraordinary thing is the number of so-called ‘‘revised and enlarged edi- tions.’? By 1849 the so-called tenth edition had ap- peared, and by 1855 the so-called forty-first edition, all of them, according to the imprint ‘‘revised and en- larged”’ . . . forty-one revised and enlarged editions In eight years! These are, of course, not new editions, but merely new issues, for all were printed from the unchanged stereotype plates of 1847. One suspects Publisher’s propaganda here! Clarity in citation is further complicated by the fact that in 1861 Wood issued an entirely new work, still called ‘‘Class-Book of Botany.’’ Its subtitle is “‘A Flora of the United States and Canada.’? The area covered was extended west to the Mississippi River and South to northern Florida and Louisiana. The history of this work is similar to that of the earlier one. From 1862 to 1868 it was reprinted from the stereotype plates of 1861, the only changes being the date on the title Pages. Th 1869 a very slightly changed issue appeared, not Indicated as a new edition, although it did contain @ modicum of new material; for the most part the orig- 146 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL inal stereotype plates of 1861 were used without changes. is was reissued year after year with changed dates on the title page. In 1881 it was again very slightly amplified, the chief changes being made in the addenda, and this 1881 issue continued to be reprinted year after year until the work was withdrawn from circulation late in the last century or early in the present one. The latest dated copy that I have seen is that of 1891. Here the publishers might legitimately have indicated the editions of 1869 and of 1881 as new ones, but they did not do so. The new issues are indicated by the copyright dates only. I repeat that the chief cause of confusion is that two entirely different works under the same leading title ‘‘ Class-Book of Botany’’ were concur- rently being issued from 1861 on. Some authors have tried to clarify the situation by characterizing the 1861 issue as ‘‘[ed. 3]’’ which it is not; others have called it ed. 2 which is manifestly wrong; it is actually the first edition of an entirely new book. I cite the original work of 1845 merely as ‘‘ Wood, Class-Book,’’ and the 1847 issue as ‘‘ed. 2.’’ For the issue of 1861, the new work, the best that I can do is to cite it as ‘‘ Wood, Class-Book, ed. 1861, . . . 1861,’’ and so for the issues of 1869 and of 1881. This is a bit cumbersome, but it is at least clear. It is fortunate that there is little need to consult this obsolete work very frequently. Most of Wood’s nomen- clatural innovations have not stood the test of time, and if his names are cited at all, with very few exceptions they appear as synonyms. The only dates that one should keep in mind are 1845, 1847, 1861, 1869, and 1881, for in most or all of these issues there are a veTyY few nomenclatural innovations. The issues bearing i0- termediate dates, no matter what edition they may be called, were all printed without changes from the plates Fern NAMES OF Woop 147 of 1847 for one run of the Class-Book, and from the second run the plates of the 1861 edition with only a very few minor changes in 1869 and in 1881, and no changes later than 1881. ; To a degree there are similar difficulties in Wood’s American Botanist and Florist, first published in 1870. This was issued year after year, the only changes made being in the date on the title pages, and very minor additions in the addenda beginning with the 1875 issue. Wood’s botanical publications were very popular as texts in Secondary schools. It is reported that between 800,000 and 1,000,000 copies were sold. This must have been a bonanza for the publishers, and it is hoped that the author profited accordingly. One suspects that the Publishers permitted the author to make only very minor changes in the years when additional data were in- cluded, so as to avoid the cost of making new stereotype Plates. The only time when there was a rather thor- ough-going revision was for the second edition of 1847. he author was apparently in the publisher’s hands. He had produced a series of ‘‘best sellers’ and there Was no apparent reason why any thorough-going revi- ‘ions should be undertaken as long as the original works Sold well, and sell well they did. The stereotyped Plates of 1847 and 1861, used over and over again until the works were finally withdrawn by the publishers 1m 1915, resulted in stereotyped texts in the secondary Senses of that word ‘‘repeated mechanically or without oo mechanical ; lacking originality or individual- ARNoLp ARBORETUM. 148 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Fern Miscellany: Brooklyn R. C. BENneEpiIctT Brooklyn, of all five boroughs of Greater New York, is probably least blessed in sites suitable for the per- sistence of native species of ferns. hile there are many hundreds of acres which have not been built upon, most of such acreage comprises either salt-marshland or regions of grading and fill. It is not impossible that there may exist some small areas of natural marshland where the Osmundas may be found. I have found 0. spectabilis on one of the narrow sand strips which border the ocean side of Great South Bay (Oak Island Beach). Even Manhattan, despite is great encrusta- tions of asphalt, brick, and cement has at least some areas of rocky outcrops, including the park section at its northern end. The Bronx has the hundreds of acres along the Bronx River included within the Botanical Garden and Zoological Park area, where woods of na- tive hemlock and other trees offer sites for ferns. Sim! larly, Queens Borough, although I cannot vouch for any specific ferns, offers park reservations which carry west- ward the conditions under which a number of species flourish on Long Island in general. Richmond—Staten Island—is the least citified of all five boroughs from its former state. While I have made no recent visit there, its central areas must still offer sites for the persistence of Dryopteris Goldiana and other related wood ferns, and its marshy woods presumably still provide sites for the Massachusetts fern, the narrow chain fern, and others. In earlier days, the area now lying within the bound- aries of Kings County (Brooklyn) must have had ap- proximately the same fern flora as adjacent Long Island regions still offer. When road traffic permits, it is FERN MISCELLANY 149 possible to start from almost any part of Brooklyn and to reach in less than half an hour some water-reserva- tion woodland just outside New York limits where the Osmundas, the narrow chain fern, the Massachusetts fern and some other dryopterids flourish. Presumably a Search at the right times of the year would turn up a few of the Botrychiums. But this paper is not intended to deal with native ferns as one might find them in some area more fortu- hate than Brooklyn. (Parenthetically, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden still maintains the largest assortment of greenhouse species to be found in Greater New York and probably over a much wider range of the country.) he following paragraphs are designed to place on rec- ord notes regarding a few widely separate fern obser- vations. Their only unity arises from the fact that rooklyn is the place in which most of the observations have been made. TREE Prermoruytes NaTURALIZED IN BROOKLYN _ SELAGINELLA: Across the street from where this is be- ng written stands a large, New England meeting-house type of church building, the Flatbush-Tompkins Con- 8regational Church. The building is flanked on either Side by fairly large lawns. Matted in with the grass ever a few square yards of area is a thrifty growth of Selaginella apoda, first noted last fall. Whether it has 2 there longer I am unable to say, but it has come through the past two very dry summers in excellent Condition and seems to be spreading. Herbarium spect mens are being collected for deposit in various herbaria. S Species is probably like some of the small Botrychi- ums and Adder’s-tongues in being of more common 0¢- “urrence than has been recognized. UISETUM: The Borough of Brooklyn is cut through by a freight spur of the Long Island Railroad, which, 150 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL in much of its course, runs through an open cut. The banks of this cut offer excellent ground for a consid- erable variety of tolerant, more or less weedlike species, such as wild cherry, mountain sumac, with special em- phasis on ragweed and poison ivy. As the southern border of the Brooklyn College campus, this rather neg- lected right of way has furnished excellent supplemen- tary collecting grounds for college botany classes. Flour- ishing on one portion of its southern bank, where Ocean Avenue bridges the cut, is a colony of the ‘‘gold rush,” Equisetum arvense. This horsetail seems to have almost unequalled capacity to pioneer poor soil, including cin- der embankments. Prerwrum: The Brooklyn College landscaping devel- opments of some ten years ago included a considerable variety of shrub plantings, with various members of the heath family. In two of the heath plantings, stow- away bracken plants must have been included. These have flourished in these two spots until the intended shrub plantings are almost overgrown and crowded out. So far the fern intruders have been permitted to hold on, as adding a distinctive touch to an otherwise formal planting. One slight possible curb was applied to one of the plots a couple of years ago in the form of a spraying with the hormone herbicide, 2,4-D. This proved almost completely ineffective, as had been show? by comprehensive tests elsewhere. Here it may be added that a similar test on the horsetail mentioned above, made elsewhere, indicated that this pteridophyte is extremely susceptible to 2, 4-D. After a single spray- ing with a sodium salt solution, the herbage turned black and the plants were apparently killed. ' CERATOPTERIS, A Mucu Mis-IpENTIFIED AQUARIUM FERN During the past score or so of years, interest In trop- ical fish has greatly increased the demand for aquatic FERN MISCELLANY 151 plants as adjuncts of fish culture. At least three true ferns have been utilized, Azolla, Salvinia and Ceratop- teris. Regarding the first two, there is no real confu- sion as to identification, but for examples of the ‘‘horn fern’’ (Ceratopteris), there is and has been a great deal of misidentification, both in fern literature and in popular accounts. At one time in the last century, the English fern Students Hooker and Baker were so impressed with the diversity of leaf forms and other features in this genus that they identified some of the specimens under sevy- eral species and even established a new genus and fam- lly, Parkeria and Parkeriaceae, to distinguish these erns. Later fern students went to the reverse extreme and put all the diverse plants from all over the world ina single species, Ceratopteris thalictroides, and this treatment persisted for some time. Some years ago, 't Was my task to examine world-wide material of these ferns as a basis for their consideration in the first fern Part of North American Flora. Consultation with men who had collected them in the American and Old World ‘Topics, together with microscopic examination of their Spores and sporangia, showed that certain constant vegetative differences could be correlated with impor- tant differences in these other features. For example, im one species, the spore-case has an annulus or ring con- ‘isting of only a few cells, and contains only sixteen ‘pores; in another species, the annulus has many cells | and the spore-case contains thirty-two spores. One spe- “les, true thalictroides, has slender, tall fertile leaves and mostly small sterile leaves. At least two other Species, both American, seem to occur almost entirely a floating plants with large, wide-spread fertile leaves and with broad, partly erect sterile ones. One of the latter Species has been found abundantly in Lake Pon- chartrain, Louisiana, and in situations in Florida and AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 38, PLATE 12 ORNAMENTAL ARRANGEMENT OF FRUITING LEAVES OF ONOCLEA, MATTEUCCIA, AND LORINSERIA Fern MISCELLANY 153 elsewhere in the American tropics. This, the most com- mon Florida species, was found to be C. pteridoides. What is identified now as C. thalictroides has been Seen growing very successfully in dimly lighted fish tanks in two places in Brooklyn. It appears to be of easy culture in a foot or so of water, if the temperature does not rise too high. All these species reproduce abundantly by budding from the older leaves as well as from spores. Spore Propuction Amona Native FERNS Like flowering plants, our native ferns show a wide range of fruiting periods from spring to fall. There are no ferns which match the skunk cabbage in pre- cocity of reproduction, and, in the New York City area, May seems to see the first spore production, with a suc- cession lasting among various species until frost. The ollowing notes center about observations made mostly in a backyard garden in Brooklyn, but with other data gained from field work. The earliest noted are the Osmundas, with the inter- Tupted the first to start the procession, about May 15th, followed by the royal and cinnamon at intervals of a Week apart. In these, the spores are short-lived. The fertile parts wither very quickly, and the spores cannot be kept without planting for more than a few days. : June sees a wider variety of spore development with the early Botrychiums and one or two Dryopteris spe- “es maturing their spores in ordinary years before the end of the month. In J uly, most of the remaining Species of Dryopteris ripen their spores and discharge them. The early Botrychiums finish their reproduction and are often withered by early August. During "gust, Athyrium and Asplenium join the procession. The lady fern group comes into its fullest maturity 154 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL during this period. The Dryopteris species have dis- _charged most of their spores, but usually one or more leaves on a plant are behind the general schedule. Maidenhair and bracken belong in the August group. In September, the spore cases of the ‘‘fall’’ Bo- trychiums shed their copious yellow spores. Belated leaves of Dryopteris and Athyrium complete their de- velopment. The ostrich fern matures its moulded-brown fruiting leaves and begins to slit them open. Appar- ently at least three species wait until October. before spore distribution begins in abundance, the sensitive, climbing, and narrow chain ferns. Indeed, while the spores of some sensitive-fern plants may be discharged in October, the plants in my backyard garden do not . open their bead-like cases until the following spring. Likewise for the narrow chain fern; in my observation, although the fertile leaves may turn brown and partly wither fairly early in the fall, the leaf Bere and spore cases do not open until later. Apparently these three ferns—ostrich, sensitive, and narrow chain—are adapted to distribute their spores over a long period of time. Like the salt-shaker type of seed pod, which remains brown but erect above winter snows, so with these fern fruiting leaves which may stand erect above ice and snow for more than on¢ winter. In passing I may record my opinion as to the appropriateness of the common name proposed for Ono- clea by Dr. Wherry. ‘‘Bead fern”’ is sites more de- seriptive than the old term ‘‘sensitive fern.’ BROOKLYN COLLEGE AND BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN. AMERICAN LADY FERNS 155 Remarks on the American Lady Ferns EDGAR T. WHERRY That the Lady Ferns, placed by Linnaeus under Poly- podium, deserve assignment to another genus was rec- ognized by Roth in 1799, and the name Athyrium was proposed. The lumping of this genus with Asplenium was perpetrated by Bernhardi in 1806, and accepted by the conservatives of the succeeding hundred years. Today, however, Roth’s view is favored; and in Cope- land’s recent Genera Filicum Athyrium and Asplenium are even placed in separate families—Aspidiaceae and Aspleniaceae respectively. Differences between east-American and Eurasian- west-American Lady Ferns were early noted. First, a Southern entity found ‘‘from New England to Caro- lina’? was named Nephrodium asplenioides by Michaux in 1803, and transferred to Athyrium by Eaton in 1817. hen a more northern one, received from ‘‘Canada,’’ Was designated Aspidium angustum by Willdenow in 1810, and assigned to Athyrium by Presl in 1825. Nu- merous other epithets were proposed for members of this assemblage in subsequent years, but in 1917 Butters brought order out of chaos by recognizing three species, each with multiple varieties and forms: respectively Urasian-west-American, northeast-American, and south- fast-American. During the succeeding 30 years this taxonomic sys- tem has been widely accepted by American fern stu- dents, amateur, and professional alike, and one might have hoped that the situation was stabilized. However, me learn now (Fernald, 1946) that in the forthcoming edition of Gray’s Manual, the nomenclature is to be re- atranged, and the east-American entities made varieties of the cireumboreal Athyrium filix-femina. This is to AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VouuME 38, PLATE 13 oovtims : r ‘mn a MWC WAY? S ATHYRIUM ASPLENIOIDES F. ELLIPTICUM _ \ AMERICAN LApy FERNS 157 be done because certain of the entities treated by But- ters are more or less intermediate between the entities he recognized as species. Actually there are plenty of cases, in ferns and flowering plants as well, where the existence of minor intermediates has not been allowed to disturb the convenience of recognizing species as in- dependent, My first acquaintance with Athyrium Filix-femina in the field was made in Idaho in 1931. From a moving automobile it could be readily recognized as quite unlike the eastern Lady Ferns. The large, firm-textured fronds, strongly tapered toward the base, were growing in funnel-like groups, corresponding to their arising Tom an erect rhizome. Repetition of such observations on many subsequent occasions has only served to Strengthen the view that this western entity is abun- antly distinct from the eastern ones. In the writer’s experience, the differentiating charac- ters listed by the late Professor Butters (except that of degree of persistence of old stipe-bases) correlate rea- Sonably well. The Northeastern Lady Fern, Athyrium angustum (Willd.) Presl, usually has copious persistent dark stipe-scales, elliptic blade-outline, glandless indusial cilia, and yellow, papillose spores. The Southeastern Lady Fern, Athyrium asplenioides (Michx.) Eat., usu- ally has Sparse caducous pale stipe-scales, ovate blade- Cutline, gland-tipped indusial cilia, and dark brown Wrinkled spores. Confusion between them may be partly due to their inapt characterization by Tilton in 1922 a8 respectively ‘‘Upland’’ and ‘‘Lowland”’ Lady Ferns; actually the line of demarkation of their ranges shows reg relation to altitude, and the ‘‘Lowland’’ one reaches m the Appalachians far greater altitudes than the ‘‘Up- land’? one, One deviation from consistency, which unfortunately Makes field identification difficult, concerns the blade- 158 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL outline of the southeastern entity: at scattered locali- ties from Pennsylvania to Georgia, this may be just — about as elliptic as in the northeastern one. This would seem to deserve a technical designation in the status of form: ATHYRIUM ASPLENIOIDES (Michx.) Eat., f. ellipticum, forma nova. Blade narrowed below so as to approach an elliptic outline; otherwise as in the typical form. (Lamina plus minusve elliptica;.cetera ut in~ forma typica. ) Type in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sci- ences, —— collected by Edgar T. Wherry, June 29, 1947, in moist woods 2 miles south of Wye Mills, ates County, Maryland. A drawing of the sparsely fertile frond, by Joseph M. Devlin, is here reproduced. REFERENCES 1753. Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. (2): 1090. 1799. Roth ex Mertens, Rim. Arch. Bot. 21: 105; also Roth, Tent. Flor. Germ. 3+: 58 Cater in 1799). Validity of genus established by Milde, Bot. Zeit. 24: 373 (1866). (These ce ai like numerous others, are inaccurately stated in Copeland’s erase cova 1803. esas , Flora Bor-Am 1806. Ber nkahit. Schrader’s au Journ Bot. 12: 26. yb: . Fe - 1947. Copeland, Genera Filicum Some WoopsiAs 159 Some Woodsias from the North Shore of Lake Superior Roututa M. Tryon, Jr. Dr. F. K. Butters described in 1941! two Woodsia . hybrids from Cook County and adjacent St. Louis County, Minnesota and Ontario, Canada. He men- tioned the occurrence of five species in Cook County, in Some places all ‘‘within a radius of a few hundred yards.’’ Surely this makes the area one of the best Woodsia haunts in the country. The five species and two hybrids all grow on caleareous rocks and the rare ones are confined to them. Knowing from a geological report? of the existence of Similar calcareous rocks on Thunder Cape near the town of Silver Islet (about 15 miles east of Port Arthur, On- tario, Canada) we planned to visit the area at our first °pportunity and in 1947 a week was spent camping and collecting at Silver Islet. In the 1880’s this historic town was the site of one of the richest silver mines in Canada. All told, about three and a half million dollars in silver was mined. rhe mine is located, and can be seen today, on a very Small island just off the mainland. We were told that— the ore-bearing vein was discovered accidentally while Prospectors were using the islet as a triangulation sta- tion in their survey of the Sleeping Giant. Many of © the old mining town buildings still remain in good con- dition, much to our advantage since we spent the first Tainy night in the old jail and used it later as a press Toom _The southern tip of Thunder Cape, on the western Side, is composed of several large rock formations that 2 1 Amer. Fern Journ. 31: 15-21. 1941. *Tanton, T. L. Fort William, Port Arthur and Thunder Cape ne Areas, Thunder Bay District, Ontario. Canada Geological | Y, Memoir 167. 1931. 160 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL rise to 1200 feet above Lake Superior. Viewed from Port Arthur on the west or from several miles away on the eastern side the formations have the aspect, to a remarkable degree, of a reclining man and the name Sleeping Giant is very aptly applied. The rock formations are broadly rounded to nearly flat on top, each with nearly vertical cliffs and an open talus slope below. In one place there is a sheer 800 oot cliff. The cliffs are composed of slate below, lime- stone or conglomerate above, and massive diabase on the top. We chose the northeastern part of the Sleep- ing Giant as most accessible on foot though there was only a rough blaze to follow until we came to a sur- veyors line going out to the cliffs. The sheer cliffs were generally massive, dry and unproductive. The best fern habitats were above the talus at the base of small serried cliffs or in notches in the main cliff. Here the slate was weathered very suitably for ferns, affording nu- merous horizontal or vertical crevices and flat ledges. We worked this area for about a quarter of a mile. Thunder Cape proved to be a choice place for Woodsias for we collected five species and three hybrids in the limited area we were able to cover. ‘ This series of collections raised several problems 12 identification and a study was undertaken to elucidate some of the identities in the genus. In the followis treatment the key and the habitat statements pertain to the area under special consideration, that is, southeast- ern Thunder Bay District, Ontario and adjacent north- eastern Minnesota. Taxonomic discussion is also cen tered on this area although extraneous material is cited when it pertains to specific problems. This study 18 primarily based on the collections of the author 0? Thunder Cape and in northeastern Minnesota, the col- lections of F. K. Butters and E. C. Abbe et al. in Cook County, Minnesota and the collections from Thunder Some Woopsras . 161 Bay District, Ontario in the Herbarium of David A. att now incorporated in the Herbarium of the Mis- souri Botanical Garden. HYBRIDIZATION IN WoopsIA As previously mentioned, F. K. Butters described, in 1941, two hybrids in Woodsia, one described originally tom Sweden and one new. Two others are described in this paper. Since this ‘‘rash’’ of hybrids may seem more the product of overzealous pteridologists than of nature a general discussion of the evidences of hy- bridity is presented. _ All of the putative hybrids have two characteristics m common. They have all or some of the sporangia abortive, and they are either intermediate between two known Species or combine characters of two species. W. Catheartiana x scopulina has the hairs of the latter Species, although these are reduced in number, and the glandularity of both species but in greater amount than Mm either parent. The sporangia are entirely abortive. W. ilvensis x scopulina combines the scales of the former Species with the characteristic hairs of the latter. The ‘porangia are abortive. W. alpina x ilvensis is quite in- termediate between the two species and were it com- Pletely fertile would bridge the gap between them. lump, mature spores are sometimes produced. W. glabella x ilvensis has the scales of W. ilvensis, although these are few, and is intermediate in shape of blade and Stipe color. Mature spores are sometimes produced. Another point to consider is that the hybrids between the most closely related species W. alpina, glabella and ilvensis are partially fertile while those between less Closely related species W. Cathcartiana, ilvensis and Scopulina are perfectly sterile. A single frond of W. Uvensis x scopulina has been found partially fertile but 162 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL this has been interpreted® as a segmental chimera, the basal portion being sterile and diploid and the apical portion being fertile and tetraploid. - In my own collecting experience hybrids have been found in places where Woodsias were generally abun- dant and luxuriant. There are 15 stations known tor the four hybrids and at ten of the stations both puta- — tive parent species are known to occur. At five stations only one parent species is known to occur, but consider- ing limitations of time, difficulties of making complete surveys of numerous small cliffs, and the fact that very few collectors in the area have made special efforts to collect Woodsia, this cannot now be considered as sig- nificant. Immature fronds eannot be used for characters of the stipe color or of abortive sporangia. The color of the stipe progressively darkens with the maturation of the frond and young fertile fronds will present **abor- tive sporangia’’ which are merely immature. In all of the four hybrids material ‘collected late in the summer has been available and comparison has been made with the development of the sporangia in the parent species collected in the same place at the same time. Fertite Hyprips . As previously mentioned, the hybrids W. alpina ivensis and W. glabella x ilvensis are partially fertile; at least they often produce some mature sporang!@ that shed their spores in a normal manner and the spores are plump and appear normal. I have seen specl- mens of 40 rootstocks of W. alpina x ilvensis, probably representing at least 15-20 individual plants and have seen an estimated 50 plants of W. glabella x ilvensis. The number of individuals of these hybrids seems ample 3 Butters, F. K. and R. M. Tryon, Jr. A fertile mutant of @ Woodsia hybrid. Amer. Journ. Bot. 35; 132, 1948. Some Woopsras 163 proof of their fertility. The possibility is thus raised that these fertile hybrids may backeross to one of the parent species. Such plants would probably be more fertile than the hybrids and would in their characters be closer to one of the parents. On the Sleeping Giant in the particular notch where we collected W. glabella and W. glabella x ilvensis (W. ilvensis was, as always, ubiquitous) there were nearly equal numbers of W. gla- bella and the hybrid; thus future hybridization of W. ivensis might occur as readily with the hybrid, or per- haps more so on genetical grounds, than with W. gla- bella. The same would be true for a backcross with W. glabella except that the chances would be considerably less because of the fewer individuals of that species. The specimens of the hybrid are variable—some are moderately close to W. ilvensis, most are intermediate and a few seem closer to W. glabella. Perhaps some backcrossing has oceurred but, of course, the natural variability of the hybrid is not known. Similar situation apparently also obtains in W. al- Pina x ilvensis. It has not been collected at a single locality where it was at all abundant, but it is known from 13 collections representing at least 10 stations. Specimens of the hybrid show a complete transition be- tween the parent species. Considering the long period of time that has been available for these species. to cross and backcross: in their present habitats, or in similar ones in earlier post-glacial times, it seems quite likely that there are plants of W. alpina and of W. ilvensis that are perfectly fertile and are of hybrid origin. These plants would be referred to one of the species but Would approach the other in one character or another. Plants of W. alpina that are slightly scaly on the pinnae and have a broader blade than normally and plants of W. ilvensis that are almost glabrous beneath (see dis- cussion of W, ilvensis) may be of such hybrid origin. 164 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL KrY TO SPECIES AND HYBRIDS 1. Stipe jointed ag the base; blade not glandular; indusium of seve “a ey form segme 2. Stipe light tee sas dark reddish brown above the joint, an ae achis smooth or scaly; i or oe straw-colored and the ge ey sealy; blade usually aly. 3. Sporangia all maturing. 4. Rachis and blade ac and ig Sai ng — 80, or if soaeenk scaly om scales stal nerves and leaf tissue on ie tee i na oy ‘the ae Einaee oblong tapering, the basal say pd or more than twice as long as ts) one. Ne nsis. Racks a or aay sparingly h airy ¢ or > ae blade smooth or only sparingly jiaary or sealy; scales on the blade only on the midnerve and pin base of the main a round-o angular-ov. basal usually peer han oy Fo np slightly Heit oe spines 3. All or many sporangia abortive; abundance of i indument on —— and blade variable, usually eoacreiale god and hai x W. gracilis W. abella x rege 2. es Siar to dtew: colored above the joint; rachis a and oth. 9 1. Stipe aot “Jointed blade glandular; indusium of — squam segmen ese sometimes wi ith a filiform tip. 5. 5. semi and fade. aan hai W. Gatheariaa. 5. Rachis and blade hairy wi with 1 articulate hai 6. Rachis and blade sparingly scaly ; septa abortive Kean 6. Maar and bene deel sealy. 7. Sporangia W. Mazon. 7 Sporangia mies ne: ve mena W. scopulina. 1. Woopsia ILVENsIs (L.) R. Br. - Common on sedimentary or igneous rocks in either damp or dry situations. THunper Bay District, ON- p , 2 miles w. rok & Faber 4965 The abundant scales are dnkinetive in this species and mark its presence in hybrid combinations. Shade forms are found in extremely damp and shady habitats and they are considerably less scaly than the normal sup - form. The most extreme that I have seen (Pattison State Park, Douglas Co., Wisconsin, Tryon & Tryo” Somer Woopstras 165 4887, MBG) has as few as 15 scales per pinna. A col- lection from Idington, St. Louis Co. Minnesota (Lakela 3851, Herb. Univ. Minn.) is not an extreme shade form, but one plant in this collection is essentially lacking in Scales. Some pinnae are completely glabrous, and others have a few scales, _As previously suggested, this May be of hybrid origin. : 2. x Woopsta aracttis (Lawson) Burrers, Amer. Fern Journ. 31: 15. 1941. (W. alpina x ilvensis.) On basic rocks in damp or moderate exposed placés. Tn leaf cutting and in degree of scaliness and hairiness Some of the specimens approach W. alpina, some ap- Proach W. ilvensis and some are quite intermediate. © In addition to the five collections cited by Butters I _ have seen the following : Minnesora: Gooseberry Falls State Park, 15 miles ne. of Two Harbors, Lake Co., Aug. 28, 1947, Tryon, Tryon MBG); Gran or- tage, Cook Co., June 28, 1936, Butters & Abbe 153 (Herb. Univ. Minn.) ; Pigeon Point, Cook Co., Aug. 21, 1937, Abbe & Abbe 591 (Herb. Univ. Minn.), Aug. 11, 1944, Butters & Abbe 999 (Herb. Univ. of Minn., MBG). ERMONT: Westmore, July 25, 1910, Winslow 10113 (Herb. Amer. Fern Soe.). QuxEBec: Saguenay [river], Aug. 1865, Watt (MBG); Riviere du Loup, Sept. 1, 1865, Watt (MBG), Sept. 1867, Watt (MBG). 3. Woopsta ALPINA (Boiron) S. F. Gray. W. Belli (Lawson) Porsild, Rhodora 47: 147. 1945. Damp, Shady, basic, igneous and sedimentary rocks ; Tare. THunper Bay District, ONTARIO: Slate cliff, ne. sde of Sleeping Giant, 2 miles w. of Silver Islet, Sept. », 1947, 7° ryon, Tryon & Faber 49624 (MBG). The blade is often lacking in scales, but sometimes has a few—the most I have found on a specimen a iia 0 pinna, It is suggested in the introduction that 8 1s, at least in part, a W. ilvensis character that ~ *ntered the species through hybridization. This species 166- AMERICAN FERN. JOURNAL grades into W. ilvensis through x W. gracilis. Plants of that hybrid that are close to W. alpina may be sep- arated by their greater scaliness and their abortive sporangia. Porsild has recently separated the plants of eastern temperate North America as a species distinct from typi- eal W. alpina of aretic North America and Europe. A suite of specimens, it is true, is generally different from the more northern material, but none of the differential characters are sufficiently constant to afford more than varietal distinction at best. Except for the luster and color of the stipe, the characters of W. Belli seem reason- ably correlated with the more temperate climate. The less chaffy, thinner stipe, the more delicate, larger fronds (somewhat different in shape) and the discrete sori are all ‘“‘shade form’’ characters and are variable as one would expect. One plant of a collection from Goose- berry Falls State Park, Lake Co., Minnesota, (Tryov 4106, MBG) is definitely a sun-form of our plant and has heavily fertile blades up to 6.5 em. long, contiguous sori and the larger stipes up to 1 mm. in diameter. The blades are coriaceous and broadest above the middle. This plant is similar to European specimens except that it has a dark, shiny, smooth stipe. Four other plants in the same collection have the characters of W. Belli. This example has a parallel in Dryopteris fragrans (L.) Schott which has a similar range in North America. Arctic plants have a small coriaceous blade with crowded segments which are quite chaffy, as is the stipe. Var. remotiuscula Komarovy, about the upper Great Lakes and Gulf of St. Lawrence, is less chaffy with a larget and more expanded and membranaceous blade. ~ The reddish brown and shiny stipe is a stronger char- acter, but some specimens of W. Belli have a light brow? stipe. A collection from the Falls of the Aroostook river, New Brunswick, Canada, J. R. Churchill, (in part Somer Woopstrss 167 MGB) has such a specimen. A specimen of N. J. Anders- son (MBG 873,080) from Lapponia has a shiny stipe, and one of Reuter (July 1860, MBG) from Alpes de Savoy has a reddish brown and shiny stipe. 4. Woopsia glabella R. Br. x ilvensis (L.) R. Br., hybr. nov. Pallidioribus ; sporangiis plerumque abortivis. TYPE: Damp, Shady, slate cliffs, northeast side of Sleeping Giant, 2 miles west of Silver Islet, Thunder Cape, Thun- der Bay District, Ontario, Canada, September 5, 1947, = M. cA Tryon & A. C. Faber 4962 (Herb. Mis- Sourl Botanical Garden.) mostly 4 (3-5) on each side; rachis light brown to straw- Colored or greenish straw-colored at the base, the upper half greenish to green; rachis and blade scaly and hairy ‘n variable but moderate degree; sporangia mostly abor- tive, but some spores maturing. One of the parent species cannot be stated with the Same degree of certainty as in the case of the other hy- rids. One is, of course, W. ilvensis, as indicated by the characteristic scales in the hybrid. The other parent could be W. alpina rather than W. glabella; however, W. glabella was locally abundant near the hybrid local- ity and only a single plant of W. alpina was seen there. Also, the hybrid differs generally from x W. gracilis and ™ characters that are suggestive of W. glabella. These are the generally light stipe and rachis and the long nar- ‘ow blade. The longest blades per plant averaged a length to breadth ratio of 6.2:1 for this hybrid and a 48:1 ratio for x W. gracilis. Some, but not all, plants 168 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL show blades with a long-tapering apex, a character often seen in W. glabella. The hybrid may be separated from x W. gracilis only poorly at best by the characters men- tioned above. 5. WoopsiA GLABELLA R. Br. On basic rocks in shaded localities, particularily those that are locally cool; very rare. THuNpDER Bay DISTRICT, OntTaRI0: Cool, damp, slate cliff, ne. side of Sleeping Giant, 2 miles w. of Silver Islet, Sept. 3, 1947, Tryon, Tryon & Faber 4950 (MBG). This species may always be distinguished by the smooth rachis and blade and the light colored stipe and rachis. In the collection cited the smallest fertile frond was 1.6 em. long and the largest 14.5 em. long. 6. Woopsta CaTtHcaRTIANA B. L. RoBINsoNn. On various types of basic or acidie rocks in shady or sunny situations; infrequent. THunpeR Bay DIsTRICT, Ontar10: Damp, shady, slate cliffs, ne. side of Sleepmg Giant, 2 miles w. of Silver Islet, Sept. 3, 1947, Tryon, Tryon & Faber 4949 (MBG). the rachis is slightly scaly. All material that I have seen from Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan and ad- jacent Ontario is rather homogeneous and certainly con- specific. The indusial segments are relatively long and mostly with a broad squamiform base and a filiform tp. The blade is always glandular, although sometimes only slightly so, for the glands tend to be deciduous with age- Actually, W. Cathcartiana should probably stand as @ variety, at best, of Woodsia oregana; however, for ost venience it is treated here as a species until its relations with related material of the western and southwester? United States are clear. _Leaf-cutting offers no basis for separation of W. or gana and W. Cathcartiana and there is quite a complete Some Woopstas 169 transition from the short, small, narrow indusial seg- ments of extreme W. oregana and the larger, broad, fili- form-tipped indusial segments of extreme W. Cathcar- tiana. Sometimes the indusia are variable in a single collection. Fassett 19254 and 19252 from Big Limestone Mountain, nw. of L’Anse, Baraga Co., Michigan (MBG), are examples of this; some indusia are definitely of the W. Cathcartiana type, but others have the segments al- most entirely filiform, although longer than in the ex- treme of W. oregana. 7. x Woopsta Maxoni (W. Cathcartiana x scopulina), hybr. nov. Similar to W. Cathcartiana in general aspect; the Tachis and blade are hairy and glandular, and the spor- angia abortive. The hairs are of the W. scopulina type but are not as abundant as in the species. The glands are of the type that occur in both parent species but are _More abundant than in either parent. The hybrid dif- fers from x W. Abbeae in being more glandular and in lacking scales. It is named for Dr. W. R. Maxon in *ecognition of his early and discriminating work on the genus 8. x Woopsta AxsBEaE Butters, Amer. Fern Journ. 31: 18, 1941, emend. = W. ilvensis x scopulina, non Cath- artiana x ilvensis. 8 W. confusa T. M. C. Taylor, Amer. Fern Journ. 37: 7. 1947, Damp to moderately dry, basic rocks; rare. THUNDER Bay District, paar de Damp, shady, slate ledges, ne. ~ 170 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL side of Sleeping Giant, 2 miles w. of Silver Islet, Sept. 3, 1947, Tryon, Tryon & Faber 49493 (MBG). Although Butters clearly states that the hairs of x W. Abbeae are not like those of W. scopulina, a close study under high magnification indicates that the hairs are actually of that type, so it is evident that W. scopulina not W. Cathcartiana is one of the parent species along with W. ilvensis. The type of W. confusa (Taylor, Losee & Bannan 2159, Herb. Univ. Toronto) has been examined through the courtesy of Dr. J. H. Soper and is identical with the type (Abbe & Abbe 596, Herb. Univ. Minn.) of x W. Abbeae. Specimens I have seen that have not been previously cited are: Cook Co., Minnesota: Slate talus, Grand Portage, July 5, 1940, Butters & Burns 7134 (Herb. Univ. Minn.) ; Dry, slate cliff, Grand Portage, Sept. 8, 1947, Tryon, Tryon & Faber 4986 (MBG). 9. Woopsta scoputina D. C. Baron. Shaded or somewhat exposed basic rocks; local. THUN- per Bay Disrrict, OntTar1I0: Damp, shady, slate cliffs and ledges, ne. side of Sleeping Giant, 2 miles w. of Sil- ver Islet, Sept. 5, 1947, Tryon, Tryon & Faber 4966 (MBG). This species is quite characteristic by reason of the articulate, whitish hairs on the rachis and blade. All of the material from Minnesota and adjacent Ontario ex- amined was also glandular. The indusial segments are squamiform with a tip that varies from acuminate to filiform. This variation is perhaps significant in evalu- ating similar variations in the W. Cathcartiana-oregan@ complex. The blade often fragments in late summer and frequently a rhizome will bear only a few fronds so that nice-looking specimens are hard to find at that time. Missouri BotanicaL GARDEN. ASPLENIUM MONANTHES 171 Asplenium monanthes in South Carolina H. L. Buomaguist In May 1946, I received a letter from Rey. A. Rufus Morgan, of Franklin, North Carolina, enclosing a frond of an Asplenium about which he wrote: ‘‘ Please identify this fern for us. You will see that at first glance it appears to be ebony spleenwort [Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Oakes], but the form is not quite the same and the sporangia [i.e. sori] are quite different.’’ The plant was collected below the falls of Whitewater River in Oconee County, South Carolina, close to the boundary between that state and North Carolina. In another letter, Mr. Morgan stated further that, as he recalled, “There were two plants close together which grew in Tich leaf mold in the forest.’ After examining the frond, I was convinced that Mr. Morgan’s observations were correct, that, while it su- Perficially resembled the common ebony spleenwort, upon closer inspection was quite different. Further- More, it differed markedly from any other Asplenium in the Southeast with which I was familar, except A. heterochroum Kunze of Florida, which it resembled in rm of frond and pinnae but differed in the shape of the sori and their location. : Knowing that Dr. Maxon would be much interested ™ this unique find and could identify it with less effort than I could, I sent it to him with the request that he Sive us his opinion regarding its identity. In reply, U "ecelved an interesting letter in which he said in part: “T wish your friend had sent you a plant of it rather than just a frond, for it is a puzzling thing. The frond itself is not so puzzling after all for, as nearly as I can See, it is matched by any number of fronds of Asplenium Monanthes L. from Mexico, this being, as you doubtless Ow a plant of wide distribution which gets into the AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VotumE 38, PuaTs 14 2 Lie, Liz N W LEG, N = AR LL y Aj Ld. AUR \ ASPLENIUM MONANTHES. FROND x1, PINNAEX 46 ASPLENIUM MONANTHES 173 United States only in southeastern Arizona [Huachuea Mountains].’’ Obviously doubting the occurrence of this fern so remote from its previously known range limit, Dr. Maxon wrote further in his. characteristic fashion: ‘‘ Are you sure that your friend actually col- lected the plant in South Carolina? If so, please ask him to collect more of it. I should very much like to see a good specimen.’’ I wrote Dr. Maxon that I was fully convinced that Mr. Morgan collected the fern where he said he did, that I would attempt to secure a better specimen for him and would ask Mr. Morgan to accompany me to the locality where he found it. Unfortunately, owing to a delay because of other activities and finally a period of illness, I was unable to earry out this plan myself. However, on June 2, 1947, Lewis E. Anderson together with H. J. Oosting and Robert Wilbur were guided by Mr. Morgan to the locality where he had found this fern. They Succeeded not only in relocating the original col- ony of the fern but discovered another station about three-fourths of a mile below the original one. Specimens of the latter plants bear the following habitat and local- Wy Gita: “Tn moss liverwort mat, on moist vertical rock m small cool shaded ravine in hemlock-hardwood cove °n Steep bluff along river. Whitewater River, 1 mile above its confluence with Thompson River, reached by dirt road 23 miles above Camp Jocassee, Oconee County, South Carolina.’’ ; A Plant of this collection sent to Dr. Maxon confirmed his Opinion that it was Asplenium monanthes and con- vinced him that this species actually occurs in north- Western South Carolina. As noted by Maxon,! Asplenium monanthes is, ac- “ording to his interpretation, a fern of wide distribu- en and extreme variability. The type came from pera. ontr. U. 8. Nat. Herb, 17: 150-152. 1913. VOLUME 38, Puate 15 PHorto sy Lewis E. ANDERSON Sa 9 * AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL LINA. ) a 4 a & =) © Th 4 7 mB <4 & —_ o . « = & a e B HB MM 7 al 71 & i o A < Z o a a =) 7 vA _ 0 ea DRYOPTERIS SIMULATA. Fig. 1. Hapit x}, SHOWING NARROW FER- TILE AND BROAD STERILE FROND; 2. FERTILE PINNAX1; 3. FERTILE PINNULE X 5; 4. INDUSIUM x 30; 5. STERILE PINNULEX5; 6. SP0- RANGIUM, GREATLY ENLARGED. DRAWN FROM LIVING PLANTS FROM VALLEY STREAM, Lone ISLAND, N. Y. DRYOPTERIS SIMULATA 199 abundant small slandular structures on the frond and indusium and also simple hairs; also, the veins of the Sterile segments are not forked. The marsh fern (Dry- opteris Thelypteris var. pubescens) is usually pubescent, at least in the juvenile stages, but the specimen here illustrated in pl. 18 was entirely glabrous. Some bot- anists believe that D. simulata is a hybrid between the New York fern and marsh fern, but to me it seems to be an entirely distinct species. There has been some shifting about of the generic names, but the only va- Metal designation seems to be Filix-Mas Thelypteris , (L.) Farw. var. simulata (Davenp.) Farw.° _ It was not long before the fern began to be recorded at inland stations. Thomas Porter found it in 1899 on the Pocono Plateau at elevations of 2000-2300 feet, associated with a characteristic northern flora, but it May be noted also that many ‘‘coastal-plain’’ species also grow in that area. In the same year F. G. Floyd found it far inland at Contoocook, New Hampshire.* Eggleston? mentions a collection at Brattleboro by Mrs. F. B. Horton. Rugg’? states, ‘‘To my knowledge there are only two Vermont stations, Brattleboro and Hart- land, and unfortunately the exact location of either sta- Hon is unknown today. This fern is abundant at Hins- ale, N. H., a town separated from Brattleboro, Ver- wont, only by the Connecticut River.” By 1904, Ralph Ho man knew the plant from ‘‘swampy woods border- ‘hg Ponds in Becket and Otis’’ in western Massachusetts. - d oan J. Thompson" described a delightful ae ra 15 = : ; 1 Con- Sy just north of Middletown in centra eee — 1931. Rhodora 3: 138, 1904, | 1 = abe Fern Journ. 2: 87. 1912. ‘hodora 13: 78. 1911, Ww ar yg meg DD aS Ny aro i ee wes iB SIM NX) ew yo is N) fs RAI LS zs Aa ARS ess et WE We is pp ef N\N) Ms sone RANI LANE Nis AY Wyn \9 wis off We fy px sg SOO in vuies™ Pr TUN \ weer Zt MES soe ssistvonrhy AS wees Nii). A af sn nl a Wy ih nul i an eneee aa IN AS nnn hang | \ NNN Ary, RUIN YAN IW ete a sos aN f NA gata ght F aun A Tne nie Lr, Syl ™P. DRYOPTERIS THELYPTERIS VAR, PUBESCENS. x FROND X 4,2 i 2. FEAT PINNAX1; - 4, FERTILE AND STERILE PINNULES * 93 5, IN- % 30. FROM tice PLANTS . DUSIU SPRING VALLEY, N. DRYOPTERIS SIMULATA 201 hecticut, in which the fern grew with Carex Collinsii, Lygodium, and Linnaea. The northernmost station in New Hampshire appears to be at Lake Wentworth in southern Carroll Co. (T. O. Fuller in 1903). Inland in New York, Dryopteris simulata is found at Taborton, Rensselaer Co. (House 29,339); Minnewaska, Ulster Co. (Svenson 10,698); various collections by House and Killip in the vicinity of Oneida Lake; in the Adiron- dack Mts., collections by R. C. Benedict at Fourth Lake, Herkimer So., and at Horseshoe, St. Lawrence Co.; and in Essex County at Newcomb, 1600 ft. alt. (House). I had the great privilege of going with W. L. Dix to - the fine locality at Poyntelle in Wayne Co., Pa.,”? and ' Farida Wiley tells me that the fern grows abundantly at Bear Meadows on the border of Center and Hunting- ton Counties in central Pennsylvania. Davenport, in his original treatment, said that the fern was first col- lected in Missouri, but that report was based on an in- Correct determination’? and the plant seems to be un- known west of Pennsylvania. Chrysler and Edwards, in the Ferns of New Jersey (1947), state that Thelyp- teris simulata ranges from Prince Edward Island and _ eva Scotia to Alabama. I have not located the record ftom Prince Edward Island,.but that from Alabama I believe is based on misidentified sterile plants of Athy- rum thelypteroides collected by St. John at Buck’s ocket, Sand Mt., Alabama, May 4, 1936. (hb. New York Bot. Garden). The map has been constructed mainly from specimens at the Gray Herbarium, Herbarium of the New England ical Club, New York Botanical Garden, and Brook- lyn Botanic Garden, and citations from Tatnall’s. Flora of Delaware and the Eastern Shore (1946). _Anterican Museum or Naturat Hrsrory. 2 Cf. Amer. Fe + Hern Journ. 29: 21. 1939. . * Of. Rhodora 11: 36, 1909. 202 : AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Notes on Elaphoglossum—IL. The Species of the French West Indies! C. V. Morton The present paper,? giving a synoptic treatment of the genus Elaphoglossum as it is represented in Mar- tinique and Guadeloupe, was inspired by the oppor- tunity of studying a fine series of specimens collected in Guadeloupe by Mr. A. Questel, who kindly forwarded them to the National Herbarium for identification. The treatment includes only those species of whic have seen specimens from these islands. A number of others, which have been reported to occur there by Christ or Krug, are merely listed at the end, for pub- lished identifications are not to be trusted in this diffi- eult genus. The number of species here treated is 1i, but the actual number occurring in the islands is prob- ably somewhat larger. Key to species Vein- — clavate, not reaching the margin; veins distant, 3-6 per ; leaf tissue herbaceous to thin- er ae sterile fronds with paleaceous margins (except in FE. the scales subu- late to secs fertile blades shorter than the sterile (Subg- Condyloneuro Fronds distant i the rhizome very slender, widely tree Blades crenulate, pidldlens 622 PE . Fe we Prohde caespi itose or subeaespitose, the rhizome erect to "shor _ creeping. = Stipes wanting or very short, not more than one- fourth he lo sa as the blade; blades long-deeurrent at base; rhizo _ long, erispate, strongly too othed. apodu Stipes pene 8 ape a sy ~~ “3 more; blades only sligh 4 decurren 2-7 mm. long, not erispate, en we te Siler neat 1 Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 29: 2 The first paper in this series appeared in this JOURNAL “** 10-14. 1939. “ELAPHOGLOSSUM 203 Fertile blade oval to orbicular, without seales among the si ROPER OIA sc ciate ee ee estllum. Fertile blade oblong, with setiform scales among the spor- Voiacna GIR EE MEER OR Toes Wseas Or eT . Plumieri. $s not or only sents: piece reaching t e margin ie nearly so; veins mostly r, 5-17 per em.; day tissue char- . Me ¢c soon to coriaceous ; stone fronds with naked or paleaceous argins, if pean oe tet not subulate, except in E£. R erinaceum ubg. Stenon on). pee. ben bearing arge spr nies scales 6-12 mm. long; margins ile fronds with two regularly im imbricate rows of con- cious, rounded, sce dates based, apes. scales. E. deco Stipes naked or with smaller rare Jee aia: ee or the pote adi Pea regu Sterile blades with spreadi Oe mar ren 1 and sostall, subulate seales, the leaf surface only melee 2 pa aleaceous. “i . erinaceum. ee Perea with naked margins oe - paleaceous, the leaf rface also conspicuously paleaceous. Sterile blades emarginate and ntutabos . apex. Bes undulatum. Sterile blades not emarginate or prolifero Lower surface of the sterile blades sotinpiuaealis palea- Seales of the lower — reddish, spite —— and conspicuously imbricate ......- 6 . E. vestt _— Seales of the lower mine whitish, sits a imbri cate, leaving much of the leaf ae exposed. . Boryan y Lower abe ie — sags blades apparently nak at or . €s inconspicuous, dissected, hairlike es — Rhizome wide-creeping, the fronds distant. 10. E. scandens. — ee to paty pice nous g. ary eat 2 m fee the seales minute (about ong), blackish... . E. glabellum. iBiawcaace thease, cv seales larger poe selee Sterile fronds nearly exstipitate scales orange-bro ong 0 ore; 8 blades coriaceous, the fertil ery much shorter ....... ; rminiert Rhizome scales fuse ‘2-4 m . lon mg; sterile 1 to ster- Seca thinner, the “Fertile cubed _ E. rigidum aleaceous eeath when young, rile fronds — SS ese ome: blades oe dotte . i Bterile fronds airege scopically * paleacon beneath; blades oe eecone -dot 204 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Margins of sterile blades repand, subsearious; in-ti transversely-arcuate ex ometimes joined ........... 15. E. longifolium. Margins of sterile blades plane, cartilaginous; vein-ends free ; Rhizome scales 2 cm. long or more, conspicu- ous; fronds subcaespitose. 16. E. alismifolium. Rhizome scales shorter and darker; fronds subdistant 0 by Bey op Acrostichum Feei Bory ex Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 48. pl. 18 f. 2. 1845. This species has the smallest fronds of any West In- dian Elaphoglossum and is further characterized by its slender, elongate rhizome and crenulate blades. The type is from Guadeloupe (de Thiouville in 1844). Al- though apparently common in Guadeloupe, E. Feet bas not been found elsewhere except in Dominica. GuaDELOUPE: Matouba, Duss 4135. Lac Flamm rion, Stehlé 652. Bains-Jaunes, Questel 2717, 3267; Stehlé 1120, 1420, 1791, 2406. Echelle 4 la Citerne; Stehlé 1211. L’Herminier. Also Mazé 178 (fide Krug): 2. ELapHocLossum apopum (Kaulf.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad tab. 14. 1934. Acrostichum apodum Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 59. 1824. This species oceurs throughout the West Indies and has also been assigned a wide continental range. The type is from Montserrat (Ryan). Martinique: Bois de la Calebasse, Duss 1621, 4577: GUADELOUPE: Reported by Maxon (Pterid. Porto Rico 395. 1926). 3. ELAPHOGLOssUM PUSILLUM (Mett.) C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 314. 1905. o Acrostichum pusillum Mett. ex Kuhn, Linnaea 36: 43. 1869. ELAPHOGLOSSUM 205 The present plant, described originally from Cuba, is probably only a West Indian subspecies of the wide- spread Elaphoglossum spathulatum (Bory) Moore. It is evidently rare in the French West Indies, not being represented in the abundant collections of Stehlé and Questel. Martivique: Deux-Choux, Duss 1615, 4576. GUADELOUPE: Matouba, Duss 4137. . 4 Etapuogiossum PLUMIERI (Fée) Moore, Ind. Fil. 1857. Acrostichum Plumieri Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 50. 1845, not Desv. (1827). Although Fée names his species after Plumier and “ites his plate Lingua cervina villosa minor (pl. 127) aS Tepresenting it, the species must be typified on the basis of the specimens seen by Fée, which were from Guadeloupe. Guadeloupe plants agree very well with Plumier’s figure, but his plant came from Hispaniola, where the present species has not since been found. Martinique: Mont Pelée, Duss 1614. _ GuavELourE: Bains-Jaunes; Stehlé 2405; Questel 2731. Massif Central, Questel 1036. L’Herminier (Yale). 3. ELaPHOGLossuM DECORATUM (Kunze) Moore, Ind. Fil. 8. 1857. Acrostichum decoratum Kunze, Linnaea 9: 25. 1835; Anal. Pter. 9. pl. 6. 1837. A rare Species, widely distributed in tropical America. GuaDELoupE: L’Herminier; Mazé 179 (both fide Krug), 6. ELaPHoguossum ERINACEUM (Fée) Moore, Ind. Fil. 9. 1857. : Acrostichum hybridum sensu Hook. & Grev. Ie. Fil. 1: pl. 21. 1829, not Bory. 206 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Acrostichum erinaceum Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 41. 1845. This species has been assigned a broad range in the West Indies and continental tropical America. Its re- lationship to E. scolopendrifolium (Raddi) J. Smith is not. clear. The type is from Guadeloupe (de Thiou- ville). _ GuapeLoupE: Sainte-Rose, Duss 4149. Bains-Jaunes, - Questel 1785. Palomiste, Stehlé 694. Matouba, Ques- tel 3255. Ravine Roche, Questel 2901, 2901 bis. Ha- cienda Bernard, Questel 3054.. Gombeyre, Questel 3910. 7. ELAPHOGLOssuUM UNDULATUM (Willd.) Moore, Ind. Fil. 16. 1857. Acrostichum undulatum Willd. Sp. Pl. 5: 105. 1810. Acrostichum podotrichum Desv. Ges. Naturf. Freund. Berlin Mag. 5: 309. 1811. Type from the Caribaean Islands (photograph, U. S.). Olfersia undulata Presl, Tent. Pterid. 234. 1836. Willdenow’s Acrostichum undulatum was base? wholly on Plumier’s Lingua cervina villosa major ét rufescens. (Trait. Foug. 110, pl. 126.), representing 4 plant from the Morne de la Calebasse, Martinique. The figure, although termed ‘‘bona’’ by Fée, is poor and does not accurately represent any species known t0 = from Martinique. The fronds are shown as densely villous and strongly undulate. However, it seems best to retain the current interpretation of this species, whieh is due to Kaulfuss, who gave an excellent description based on a plant collected by Sieber (no. 346) 1m oe tinique. Thus defined, E. undulatum is distinguished all others in the West Indies by the proliferous of the sterile blades. It is definitely known to Mm ied from apices ELAPHOGLOSSUM 207 Martinique, Grenada, Montserrat, and Trinidad. Fée adds Mauritius to the range, and Christ Santo Domingo, Mexico, Colombia, and Eeuador, but these records need verification. If it really occurs in Guadeloupe it must be very rare there. Martinique: Deux-Choux, alt. 500-1,000 meters, Duss 4122, 4718. Also Hahn 3 (fide Christ) and Sieber 348° (fide Kaulfuss and Fée). GUADELOUPE: Duss 177 (fide Christ). The identifica- tion perhaps needs verification. 8. Etaryociossum vestiITUM (Schlecht. & Cham.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad tab. 14. 1834. - Acrostichum vestitum Schlecht. & Cham. Linnaea 5: 605. 1830 Olfersia vestita Presl, Tent. Pterid. 234. 1836. Acrostichum fulvum Mart. & Gal. Mém. Acad. Brux. 15: 24. pl. 3, f.:2. 1842. Elaphoglossum laminarioides sensu Christ, Monogr. Elaph. 72. 1899, not Acrostichum laminarioides Bory? The sroup of species related to Elaphoglossum hirtum (Swartz) ©. Chr. ig exceptionally complex. The name * Vestitum, based on a Mexican collection of Schiede, adopted for our plant with some reservations. As I Understand it at present, the species is confined to Buadeloupe and Mexico, but it probably occurs else- re, is & GuapELourr: Duss 4132. Matouba, Duss 4133, ss 788. Saut de Bouillante, Questel 3933. Christ cites (a8 -E. laminarioides ) also Mazé 176, Duss 173, and L’'Herminier 12 and 14. 9. EtaPpociossua Boryanum (Fée) Moore, Ind. Fil. 7. 1857. 208 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Acrostichum Boryanum Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 40. pl. 1. 1845. Fée’s description of this little-known species is based on material from Guadeloupe (L’Herminier 2). In the D. C. Eaton Herbarium at' Yale University there is a L’Herminier specimen received from Fée, which agrees well with the description and illustration and is doubt- less an isotype. The species, which is probably re- lated to E. undulatum, is known from Guadeloupe, Mar- tinique, Dominica, and St. Kitts. Christ reports it also from Costa Rica, probably in error. Mr. Questel has collected a fine series of specimens in Guadeloupe. MarrINIQuE: Guiraud (fide Fée) ; Duss (fide Christ). GUADELOUPE: St. Claude, Questel 1142. Matouba, Questel 3256, 3256b. Bains-Jaunes, Questel 2712, 3268, 3287, 3288. Hacienda Bernard, Questel 3036, 3042. 10. ELapHocLossum scaNpENs (Bory) Moore, Ind. Fil. Acrostichum scandens Bory ex Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 33. 1845, not Raddi (1819). Acrostichum lingua var. scandens Krug ; Bot. J ahrb. Engler 24: 138. 1897. This species, the type of which is from Matouba, Guadeloupe (de Thiowville 1844), has currently bee? united with Elaphoglossum lingua (Raddi) Brack. but may tentatively be regarded as distinct. The typical Brazilian E. lingua differs in its rhizome scales, and the shape of the frond, which is broadest near the middle rather than near the base. The species of this group need to be revised. The present plant is distinct Ee all those of the Lesser Antilles other than E. Feet its elongate, creeping rhizome, with widely spaced fronds. Elaphoglossum Feei is widely different and may be - tinguished at a glance by its very small, erenulat fronds, 10 em. long or less. The range of £. scandens ELAPHOGLOSSUM 209 is uncertain. In the West Indies it is known from Martinique, Guadeloupe, and Dominica, and it probably occurs also in Venezuela and elsewhere in South America. Martinique: Morne Rouge, Duss 1629. Also Duss 1627 (fide Krug). GuapELoupE: Bains-Jaunes, Questel 2717; Stehlé 7063. Echelles, Stehlé 1199. L’Herminier 11 (fide Moore). Also Mazé 314 (fide Krug). ll. ELaPHocuossum GLABELLUM J. Smith, Lond. Journ. Bot. 1: 197. 1842. Acrostichum martinicense sensu Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 45. pl. 16, f. 3. 1845, not Desv. (1811). Acrostichum glabellum Klotzsch, Linnaea 20: 421. 1847 : Elaphoglossum simplex of authors, not Acrostichum simplex Swartz. A widespread species oceurring throughout the West Indies and in various parts of South America. Martinigur: Pitou Gelé, Duss (under nos. 1624, 1628, and 4687 in part j GUADELOUPE: L’Herminier. Bains-Jaunes, Stehlé 342. Also Mazé 172 (fide Krug). 12. ELarHoauossum HeERMINIERI (Bory & Fée) Moore, Ind. Fil. XVI. 1857. 3 4 Acrostichum Herminieri Bory & Fée, in Fée Mém. Foug. 2: 43. pl. 11. 1845. : A characteristic species because of its elongate linear, “riaceous sterile fronds and very short broad fertile ones. The rhizome scales are borne in a huge tuft and are bright cinnamon-brown in color. Fertile plants are rare or, at least, seldom collected. It is possible aie the small fertile fronds are sometimes overlooked. This 210 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL species has a wide range, occurring throughout the West Indies, and from Panama to Brazil and Bolivia. The type is from Guadeloupe (L’Herminier). MarTINIQUE: Morne Rouge, Duss 1629. GUADELOUPE: Sofaia, Questel 1852. Matouba, Ques- tel 3139. Riviere Noir, Duss 4137. Also L’Hermimer and Mazé 364 (fide Krug). 13. ELAPHOGLOssuM RiciUM (Aubl.) _ Symb. Antill. 9: 374. 1925 (as to nam Polypodium rigidum Aubl. Pl. alae 2: 963. 1775. Acrostichum flaccidum Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 35. pl. 7, f. 2.1845. Type from Guadeloupe, L’Her- minier. : Elaphoglossum flaccidum Moore, Ind. Fil. 356. 1862. Alston? has shown that this species, long known as E. flaccidum, must be known as E. rigidum. Neither epithet seems especially appropriate. It occurs through- out most of the West Indies ny also on the continent, the exact range being uncertai Ovapexourn: Sofaia, Gent 2567. 14. ExarHoatossum Duss Underw. ex Maxon, Pterid- Porto Rico. 398. 1926. : This species, which is perhaps too close to E. petiola- twm (Swartz) Urban, is evidently the commonest mem ber of the genus in Guadeloupe. It is known from His- paniola, Puerto Rico, and the Lesser Antilles (the tyP® from Martinique, Duss 4688), and probably occurs a in northern South America. Martinique: Morne-Rouge, Duss 1622. GUADELOUPE: mets de Pigeon, Duss 4131. Bois du Gommier; Duss 4150b. Bains-Jaunes, Duss 4130b; Questel 3203, 3283, 3284; Stehlé 1061, 2418. St. Claude, Questel 3129. Parnpane: Questel 1056, 3122. sii e 3 Kew Bull, 1982: 316. 1932. - ELAPHOGLOSSUM po Ma Questel 1805, 3138, 3152, 3153, 3160, 3161, 3254. Pal- miste, Questel 2811. Chemin de la Prise d’Eau. Stehlé 1808. 15, ELapHoctossum Lonerrouium (Jacq.) J. Smith, Bot. Mag. Curtis 72, Comp. 17. 1846. Acrostichum longifolium Jacq. Coll. Bot. 2: 105. 1788, not Burm. 8). Bifersia longifolia Presl, Tent. Pterid. 234. 1836. Aconiopteris longifolia Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 80. pl. 41. 1845, The present species, which is the one called EZ. rigidum in Maxon’s Pteridophyta of Porto Rico, often has the veins more or less united at the margin, but this does Not seem to be a constant character. It has been ascribed a wide range in the West Indies and continen- tal tropical America. The type is from Martinique. Martinique: Morne de la Calebasse: Duss 4121 ce mours Bains-Jaunes, Questel 1090, 3202, 3282, 6. 16. -Etapxociossum ALISMIFOLIUM (Fée) toa. Ind. Fil. 5. 1857. . Acrostichum alismifolium Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 28. pl. 3. 1845. Acrostichum impressum Feée, op. cit. 33. pl. 5, f. 3 Type from Martinique. Elaphoglossum impressum Moore, Ind. Fil. 10. 1857. bee latifolium var. alismifolium Sod. t. Vase. Quit. 431. 1893. Elaphoglossum penne var. ianefaliunt Bonap. Not. Pterid. 7: 361. The Species allied to pa ne latifolium have been much confused, due primarily to the lack of strong "eae characters. The range of the present yet to be determined. The type 38 is from Grade (L’Herminier). 212 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL MarTINIQUE: Bois de la Calebasse, Duss 1629b, 1630. GUADELOUPE: Duss 4123. Bains-Jaunes, Duss 4126, 4319; Questel 2014, 3189, 3205, 3281 bis. St. Claude, Questel 3128. Hacienda Bernard, Questel 3040. Ma- touba, Questel 3137, 3179, 3180, 3180 bis. Ad. —~] ELAPHOGLOSSUM MARTINICENSE (Desv.) Moore, Ind. Fil. 11. 1857. Acrostichum martinicense Desv. Ges. Naturf. Freund. Berl. Mag. 5: 309. 1811. Elaphoglossum Underwoodianum Maxon, Pterid. Porto Rico 397. 1926. Type from Puerto Rico, Hess 352. Elaphoglossum martinicense has been confused by authors with E. glabellum and E. simplex. Maxon in- dicated in his original description of E. Underwoodi- anum that it might be the same as EL. martinicense, av a photograph of the Desvaux type from Martinique, without indicated collector, shows this to be true. The species is apparently confined to Hispaniola, Puert? Rico, and the Lesser Antilles. GuapELOUPE: St. Claude, Questel 3126, 3126 bis, 3126 ter. Grande Riviére, Questel 3088. AppITIONAL Spectres REPORTED FROM GUADELOUPE OF MARTINIQUE ELAPHOGLOSSUM BRACHYNEUBON (Fée) J. Smith, Cat. Cult. Ferns 26. 1857. Acrostichum oo Fée, Mém. Foug. pl. 22, f. 1. 1845. A South Loe species reported from Guadeloupe by Christ on the basis of L’Herminier 12 and 14. 9g: 49. ELAPHOGLOSSUM BREVIPES (Kunze) Moore, Ind. Fil. 7. 1857. ELAPHOGLOSSUM 213 Acrostichum brevipes Kunze, Ind. Fil. Hort. Lips. 1845; Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 29. 1845. Reported from Guadeloupe by Christ (Monogr. Elaph. 46. 1899) on the basis of Herminier 5. A dubious spe- cies, described originally from cultivated material. ELaPHOGLOssuUM cusPIpATUM (Willd.) Moore, Ind. Fil. XVI. 1857. Acrostichum cuspidatum Willd. Sp. Pl. 5: 106. 0 : Reported from Guadeloupe (Mazé 994) by Krug. The specimen (not seen) probably represents the species here called E. vestitum. True E. cuspidatum is South American. ELaPHocLossum Funcxu (Fée) Moore, Ind. Fil. 9. 1857. Acrostichum Funckii Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 36. pl. 6, poet 2.1845 A South American species reported from Guadeloupe (as Acrostichum latifolium var. Funckii) by Krug on the basis of a L’Herminier specimen. It is near E. scandens. AckosticHuM LaTiroLIuM yar. MEMBRANACEUM Krug, Bot. Jahrb. Engler. 24: 139. 1897. This is a nomen nudum, based on Duss 1620 and 1625 from Martinique. ELaPHogLossum LEPIDOTUM (Willd.) J. Smith, Cat. Kew Ferns 1856; Cat. Cult. Ferns 26. 1897. Acrostichwm lepidotum Willd. Sp. Pl. 5: 102. 1810. Reported from Guadeloupe by Krug on the basis of 4 L’Herminier collection, which I have not seen. It 1s South American species. 214 ' AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL ELAPHOGLOSSUM LONCHOPHYLLUM (Fée) Moore, Ind. 11 1887, Acrostichum lonchophyllum Fée, Mém. Foug. 8: 68. 1857 This Mexican species is reported from Guadeloupe by Krug on the basis of a Mazé collection. ELAPHOGLOSSUM PTEROPUS ©. Chr. Ind. Fil. 314. 1908. Acrostichum alatum Fée, Mém. Foug. 2: 35. pl. 5, f. 2. 1845, not Roxb. (1844). Elaphoglossum alatum Moore, Ind. Fil. XVI. 1857, not Gaud. (1846). This species is reported from Guadeloupe by Christ (Monogr. Elaph. 46. 1899) on the basis of Bory 17 ELAPHOGLOssUM vILLOsuM (Swartz) J. Smith, Journ. Bot. 4: 148. 1841. Acrostichum villosum Swartz, Prodr. Veg. Ind. Oce. 128. 1788. : Reported from Guadeloupe by Krug. The identifica- tion is almost certainly erroneous, for this species (sens. strict.) is known only from Jamaica and Hispaniola. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. American Fern Society NEw MEMBERS Mr. William W. Bloom, 1002 Oak St., Valparaiso, Indiana Mr. B. E. English, 2263 Loma Vista St., Pasadena 7, California: Mr. Dale J. Hagenah, 1961 W. Bethune St., Detroit 6, Michiga™ Mr. Vene T. Lockard, 15 So. 10th St., Gladstone, Michiga- Mr. William Ohaus, 534 Thurston Ave., Ithaca, New York. Dr. Julian A. en Chieago Natural History Museum, eago 5, Illin Mr. Horace W. eden ell, Bluemont, Virginia. Mrs. A. W. Waggerby, 319 Justina St., Hinsdale, Ilinois- Mrs. H. L. White, 8344 Imperial Ave., La Mesa, California. Chi- f AMERICAN FERN Society 215 CHANGES OF ADDRESS Mr, William H. Baker, Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho Dr. F. R. Poshers, Holmes Rie Road, R. F. D. 1, Falls Church, Vir irgini Dr. Flora re Haas, Box 175, Union Mas iahe Jackson, Tenn. tr. H. H. Hazen, 3708 Ingomar St., N. W., Washington 15, D. C. Dr. Eugene N, Kozloff, en of Gaclaa. Daiccediy of Califor- Mrs. H. W. Blaser (née Jeanne ites, , 5035 15th Ave. N. E., Seattle 5, Washington Mrs. Arthur Luhr, 555 Reliogg Ave., Palo Alto, California. Mr. Thomas N. es Lyon County Senior High School, Kut- =we, Kentue Dr. Edwin ee spi Dept. of Botany, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jerse Mr, ee L. Bohdis: 108 ‘Atlan Drive, Collins Park, New Castle, - elaw: D Dr. Peay 0. Smith, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. C. \ Mr. Richard Latti, Witte-Elsbosh, Distr. Humansdorp, South Africa, wishes to exchange seeds of bulbs of Lilium, Vallota, Agapanthus, or Watsonia for ferns or liliaceous plants likely to do well in South Africa. 16 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Index to Volume 38 Aconiopteris longifolia, 211 Acro stichum alatum, 214; alismi- : Be a vum 207: Sranckil. 213; chain. 209; "Herminieri, 209 ; hybri Ss : Athyrium, 11, 20, 92, 132, 134, 153, 54, 155; americanum, 1; an- um asplenioides, 96, iuliney 134; prae cunstnn: 182, 133, . 205; impre um, 211; laminari 134; pycnocarpon, 92; thelypter- oides, 201, latifolium var. sits. Pooch uae Maxonii, 106 mifolium (iva ckii, 2 9 var. mMembranaceum, 213; Frcs Azolla, 20, 151; filiculoides, 82, 84 aoa ae ling var. scan- 86 ens, ; lonchophyllum, 214; ian longifolium, 211; martinicense, Baker, William fa Ede hese 200,212; Plumieri, 205: podo- pirgiagy Bienen oo richum, ; pusilla, : pal ? : DB dens, 208; simplex, 209; un Ballard, F. or splay latum, 208; vestitum, 207; ke Onocleopsis, Adder's’te 1 Beech-fern, 20 er’s- nh 49 n Referen : t, R. C. Aeeatopeia, 1 Pe aia Century Liters- Adiantu Ca pillus- Veneris, Miscellany - A pee nse, 76, Se pata rook hn ne R ; excisum, eda illi 7 Meg aleuticum, 91; 6; pedatun ag eae agers of William Aleuritopteris, 11, 59 Bladder. “fern, soe folium, 191, Allen, Walter 8. Report of Treas- a eee i m, ii; angustifol 85; ae y ce latum, 79, peat lady-fern, 91 perum, 73, 84; Oe Be: Buch- Alsophila Mexcnts, 106; pruinata, eer a aa ‘ape 38, 42, ie ° id Ga an American parsley- ae 91 72, 84; beige Ot sey boldtia- American wood-fern, 62 bie “3 84; loxense, 190, 192; Anehisten, 72 magellanicwn, 3 “75, Bi, 8 8 nisocampium, 134 7 Livprmetiens feet aL ade Sateank i Anisogonium, 134 tabulare oi vale iviense, 73, Anogramma, Be Blomquist, H. L. Asplenium 7 Antigramma pinnatifida, 143; rhi- nthes in South Carolina. be ‘ zophylla, FN phyacphyils, 1438 E P pidium angustum, 155; juglan- 7, i 93 difolium, 65; simulatum, 1: Buickice e 123, Pegs ed Aspidotis, 154: di oe og : r,, obi Asplenium monanthes in South quum, 96; lanceols! zs entum olina, angustiseg i Aspelium, 11, 12, 20, 37, 68, 154, 46, 47 var. angustisesmentam 55, 171; Adi atin nigram, 67; 93, subsp. typicum, 46; re ye alternans, bise: scaynianum, 1, yar. Dusenii, 86; may per- 138; ae nide 118; dareoides, 77, folium, 21, 144, subsp. HYStcg. ¥, "85, ts 8, 52, , ium, 46, subsp. patagonico 1 ; xiguu: bit | tee cad 195; multifidum, 96; lectum, 93 Ferrissii, 66; ; hastatum, 189, 193: ramosum, 143, 144 simplex, Con ee dat in magellan: Bracken, oily fern, 61 » 40, : nanhes, 77, ern, 172, 3 eg m en ae — is, 134 a are eres "Douglas Di ea Lad panty aphical 171; radicans, 93; rupium, 66; Ruta af iain ; Trichomanes, 175; trilobum . 84; triphyllum, 777 Asplenosorus ebenes ides, coe of erns, 44; ebenoides, 144; Compiveorss a rhizophyllus, Ph 92, 143 INDEX TO VOLUME 38 217 Ceatopteris, 150, 151; pteridoides, thalictroides, 151, 153 Sl = 65, 66, 67, 68 ett, ore Tae ork ine with Cheilantines, ih 12; eali- 58, farinosa, or “50; cn a, 35: graciitinn, ote intra- margitialis, 11; rig crelloplecton, i Chr Ttysler, M. A. Origin of the West Indian dic Flora, 135 Chrysler, - A, J: L. Ed- ards.’ che of New Jer- & 53 istopteris, 144; bul ; oasis, ae bifera, 144; Pi Robert T. Nomencla- ural and Disttibationcl Notes on Botrychium lanceolatum, 45; ygslossum crotalophoroides, Climbing-fern 15d Eommon sini fern, 91 tray * = AN New Athyrium Crepidinns eticulate Venation, 132 Crepidomanes, 88 repidophyllum, 88; Endlicheri- a” 89; gracillimum, 89; hu- 2 ig 89; Vieillardii. 89; Wer- Crepidopteris, 88; gracillima, 89; ‘Terptogticns (ie ides, cy oes chiens 91: eee 82, 83, Cyathea odd 141, var. con- a ii concinna, 141; Max- c hg oe “rl ees, 95 cy rtomium, 11, 2 a ao 144: fragilis, 76, fragilis, oo 96, 144; Filix nstae dtia, 11 Deranopters cryptocarpa, 76, 84, 7 ralis, 84; quadripartita, 86; rubigino Cee | ae ari, Diblaziopsias 1 134 tplag zium esculentum in Florida, Diblaztum, 11, 19, 132, 134: aber- ppries meucane’ 4 esculentum, 16. 18; in Mery” of i Ceterach Dalhousiae Dix, W. Polystichum Brau = poe County, Penns aati Dole, W. Passing of a New ersey, Fern Station, 19 Doryopteris, 1 Brenaey agen Fern Picking in New York, peak A aries 8, 9. 16, 17, 19; 20, 32, » 154; conte, 21; atro- simulata, 118, 195-201; spectabi- lis, 38, 76; spinulosa var - latata, 22; gee 190, 192; Theale pterté, 195, pubescens, 199, 200; Villarsii 3 nivalis, 21 Duncan, Wilbu rH. w Reco rds of Tw Verne 4 = Gente 69 Durkin, ‘William. V mepork: of Aud- ing "Committee , 28 me. Ascent of Cerro de la Barly Years of Maxon in Wash- ington, 11 oa Ebon y splee ort, 54 Hlaphogiossum, i, Yi, 182, 198; 2-214; alatum, 214: alismifo- Tan. 204, 211; an nti sanae, 194; 191; dendricola, 192; den deum, 193; ao te 208, 210; exi- 205 202, a, 208; 214: lonelfpitans, 204, 211; tinicense, : ‘satewst = 4 ’ 211 scolopendrifolium 206; 8 - dens, , 213; Pd ee spathulatum 205; Under- woodianum, 212: undulatum, , 206, 208; vestitum, 203, 207, 213; villos sum, Equisetum, 31, 149, 194; arvense, 150; bogotense, 82, 84; gigan- teum, 82; laevigatum, 69 218 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Ewan, Joseph. The Discovery of Ceterach Dalhousiae in Mexico, Fagley, Frederick L. siticiale of Pap a t, 24 ney-fern, 62 ren Dibectiany- Brooklyn, 148 Ferns of Fairview Mountain, Cala- pooya Range. on Ferns of Southern Chile, 33, 71 Fern Picking in N k, 62 efer Seventeenth Century Literature, Filix-Mas Thelypteris var. simu- lata, 199 mene = Flora Italica Crypto- Y. Pteridophyta (Re- so 20 arches Notes on Onoclea, 125 voeee on, age Aas: An om Ascent f Cerro de la Punta, 1 Gieichenia mors | , 16, 84 mnogramma, , 20 Hart’s-tongue, 48, 100 Hart’s-tongue in Tennessee in Hemidictyum, 134 feo emitelia Maxon ii, 106 Histiopteris incisa, 6, 83, 85 Horeinn + 91 50 Hymenoglossum, 79; cruentum, Hymenophyllu 38, 43, 77, 80, soak — nalodt on, 193; caudi- 79, 84, 85; crispum, 6; 85, 86; dichotomum, 84; di crano- richum, 79, 84, 85; clegantulum, ce. nett ey i92, 193; fal a die 86: » 79, 85, 86; fuci forme, 79, i K useanum, 84, 85 r 6; mage icum, 8&4, : Hypodematium nivale, Hypolepis crassa, 190, 192: rugu- losa var. Poeppigii, 38, 75, 84, 86 Interrupted- inky 153 par es riparia, ; Savatieri, 82, Jamesonia Mayoris, 191, 193 Kaulfussia, 123 rn, 91 faay tek 91, 153, 155 Lastrea, 11 Licorice fern, 90 Lomaria, 11 afr Gualterio. = Ferns of Southern Chile, 33, Leokeen. 73; pe Bir 38, 42; Lorinseria areolata , 87; pan culatum, 38, 74, 80, 85, be Selago, 81, 82, 87, 96; tetragonum, 192 Lygodium, 95, 124, 201 Macroglossum 42S ~ Martens, Formations Spo angiales o ‘Parasporangiales” chez quelque Fouger res (Re- - Massachusetts- fern, 148, 149 Matteuccia, 20, 125, bags "131; Stru- ee 125, 127 Max Rates 17 gag | Be oo reader : MeGiiliard, Hleanor. The Hart’s- iia it 2 nessee in opines 58 ioana, 58 ohria, 58; scioa Morton, C. V._ Bibliography ~ William R. Maxon, 106; “the on Hlaphoglossum—IT- Wes Species the 07 Indies, - S02: Report 4 FE icsnatesa licorice-fern, 90 Murrill, William A. Ferns (Re- view), 63 Narrow chain-fern, 148, 154 osobidtr sed pyape 155 New Athytt He with Reticulate Maur veer ie Two Ferns im istributional Nomenclatural and Distr nape Not Botrychium a ase Conan from the Vicinity of pi i e , Ecuador, 186 IL Notes on Ela Ela noglossum— oar graphical Dis- sagt w ttibati ea es ribution 0 Noth Pag ee 60; , 60; Gree: = gid domed Oak-fern, 20 Ochlogramma, 134 : Odentowosia ‘aculeata, 8; unci nella, 6 INDEX TO VOLUME 38 Oleandra Olfersia ‘ongitor ia, 211; vestita, ; undulata, 206 Onoclea, 11, 20, 125, 127, 131, 132, 154; sensibilis, 96, 131 oe 125-132’; Hintonii, 126, Onyec 11 Quyehinm, 1 of Islands and and Distrib the Falklan the Helatgeuchips ee of the West Indian Fern Osmund da, 19, 148, 153; cinnamo- mea ea glandulosa, an lanceolata, is, Oxygonium, 134 parkeria, 151 Ssing 53 a New Jersey Fern Fellaea, Pn: ternifolia, 35 Phancrophiebia, 1 auriculata, 65 ; americana, 82, P glogyia Maxonii, 106 te Pleurove, ag soras i, 82: papaverii- pilypodiopsis, 87 87; brach P ved 3 colorata, 87; pronvita, 67 ge odium, 3,9, 34,20, 155, 192, ; "reg j Pillardieri var. Braunii in Bucks Polysnty: Pennsylvania, 61 hum, 20, 193; acrostichoi- 219 des, 96; aculeatum, 73, 85, lobatum, Bike adiantiforme, "85, 87; andinum, 81; Braunii, 21, pool Brongiartianum, 75, 85; chilens 75, 85; mmonii, 15; Lonehitis, 91; sone ioides, 75, 81, 87, elegans, 75, var. plicatum ‘DB: multifidum, 75, 86, 87; munitum, 91; polyphy lum, 189, 192 pulinum, va 75; vestitum, | 85. w Genus and Fam- Pteris, vy 20; chilense, 75; coria- ea, 1 marattiifolia, 75; semi- adnata, 36, (Ge : tremula, 75 Quercifilix, 132 Reclassifications of the Polypodi- — Clyde F. Two N mes fr saben 87 he American Lady New Generic ersey y, 95; A., Flora aeonie Crypto ama Vv. Pteri- ta, 20; rtens. Fa Sf For- s Warren H., vi Grethor. Pteridophyta of Guam, Rhipidopteris peltata, 6 Royal-fern, 153 Rugg, Harold G. Some New ie shire Ferns, 92 : fester M. Re ort of Aud- ; Report of Prats Bi 151 s Spleenwort in Connecticut, 124; fistulosa, 76, 85, 86; Sela. ite, 81 ; apoda, 149; Lindi- ah 2 oeppigiana, 189, 193; rupestris, Sensitive-fern, 20, 154 wr yllopsis caespitosa, 80, 85, 86, 220 air Sag 59, 60 joe Jesse F. Scott’s Spleen- ort in Pscmghice 52 ane New hore of Texe som! eet 159 Stenolaena Max Struthiopteris Tacala” ee ioides, 6; Spicent, 91 Hen Dry cs oa simulata, 195, iad of Judg of Elections, 29 aaenall, Robert R. Flora of Dela- ware and the Eastern Shore Emevioat. ~ Tetrick, R. Jr. Botrychium Range etoneionn in West Vir- ginia, seal doting ris, 9, 11; palustris, 96; patens, 9: simulata, es ig pyre 8, 80; poly- Tryon, Rolla M., Jr. Some Wood- i m a North Shore of Lake Superior, 159 wie New Generic Names of Ferns, Unlisted Fern Names of Alphonso Wood, 142 Urostachys Maxonii, 106 Vittaria, 9; Gardneriana, 191, 192, 193 ; scolopendrina, 94 ERRATA Page 6, line 29: For ‘‘ Page-_24, line 29 9 Be 4 Odontosaria,’’ read ‘‘ Odontosoria. : For ‘‘ Lester,’’ read . * ? Pagc 47, line 11: For ‘‘Monroe,’’ read ‘‘ Madison.’ AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Wagner, Warren 5 eee David F. ether. Pterido- phyta of Guam (Revi , 94 Walking-fern, 53, Waters, HK. E ears of Maxon in Washington, 117 Weatherby, C. ew Genus Fam Ferns, 58; Recla saificationh of the Polypodiaceae, 7; William R. Maxon, 99 Wetnat ee en, 91 Western maidenhair, 91 Wherry, Edgar T. Remarks on the American Lady Ferns, 155 Elsie G. Report 7 OO ° hr Be e + sy 4 = a ; Repor Wiggins, Ira L. 3 i tion of id from the Vicin- — ity of Cay e Peak, Ecuador, — 186 aa ae a x abbeae 159-170 ; 163, 16% : 61, 162, 163,164, 167; x gracilis, 168 165, 167, 168; livensse 21, 96, 161, 163, 164, 1 Rte x scopulina, 161, x Max 70; 169; oregana, ee 169. 170; scopulina, 161, 164, 169, Bu! Woodwardia, 12; areolata, 1 2 Working with Fern Spores, ‘ $7.00 a year; single ihe Bal $1.35, Since 1946 ‘ f the Bulletin. Mi: : j the Bulletin o : should be — to Harontp W. Rickert , Bditor, The New York York ao 1G z _ Memoirs, Oeeasional, established 1889, Price, $3.00 to $5.00 a Shei. a and other business pcituron tates should be addressed. bi: =. re — = Se Elva Lawton, ae isos iepgeal 695 plone? Aven venues CASTANEA Published by the — THE BEYOLOGIST PUBLISHED BY THE TSange BRYOLOGICAL SOCIETY @ only mag in English wholly devoted to Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens. "BL “monthly ; flustrated ; fer e beginner as well as for the professional.. Yearly subscription inthe United States $2.50, including membership in “the Pepe IVANT MOSS SOCEETY, with free service of Curators for beginners. gp re Br. WINONA HF. eee. DePauw apo Se oe Indiana, or Dr. A. SHARP, _— Tenn a xville, Tennes: PLANTS and GARDENS New Non-technical Journal Published Quarterly by the Brooklyn Botanic Garden Vol. 5—1949 SPRING: Rhododendrons and Azaleas SUMMER: AUTUMN: Swart Plan WINTER: bea eee slgnidcant articles from the horticultural litera- =~ ENETICS A sdesiese a>: Recerd of rhe a in Heredity and Variati Managing Editor: Curt Stern, Univ, of — Established 1916. Bi-monthly. secre $6 ar for complete yolumes (January—November). Foreign postage, Find eed nts Moan oe og ae ee $1.25 each, postpaid. As available, Volumes 1 to 6 ma t $9 each, and the later volumes at $7.50 each, postpaid. The eee BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN Washington Ave., Brooklyn 25, N. ¥., U. S. A. ECOLOGY : Ali Forms of Life in Relation to Environment Botanieal Editor: DoNALp = OLMSTED Zoological Editor: — Established 1920. Quarterly. Off Se Paaeat fon of the Ecological Society o erica. Sahacr ining: a a year for complete pont (Jan. to Aes Foreign postage, 40 cents “additional. Back volumes, a8 available, $6 each. Single — i BE Duke comand Press College Sie Box 6697, Durham, N. ©. FOLDER No. 572 © DESCRIBES Plant Presses, Field Trowels, Collecting Cases, Herbarium Labels, Specimen Mounts, gp CFCs @ INCLUDES actual samples of Mounting Sheets, : Genus Covers and Driers. @ A Free Copy Awaits Your Request = CAMBOSCO SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 3? ANTWERP ST.—BRIGHTON 35—BOSTON, MAS Vol. 39 October-December, 1949 No. 4 Amprican #ern Journal A QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO FERNS AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY Bd EDITORS Cc. V. MORTON R. C. BENEDICT IRA L. WIGGINS iF CONTENTS New Fern Variants from Westchester County, New York CHARLES NEMORP 97 An Occurrence of aaa aati of [on in Cheboy- gan County, Michiga .. MARGARET Petey 106 lseétes riparia and Its ee ‘win ABORGE KR. Proctor 210 Shorter Notes: Habitats of Climbing Fern in West Virginia; Horsetail and Horses Again; Dryopteris setigera in Ala- bama; A New Responsibility Placed on Ferns Be 57 American Fern Society 125 Index to Velume 39 126 $1.50; FOREIGN, $1.60 ANNUAL N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE., LANCASTER, PA. Entered as second-class matter at the post ce we Bld ee Act of kr} aa 3, et corey } parts in authorized ales 8, 1518. Kos Che American Hern Society : Council for 1949 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR JOSEPH Ewan, Department of Botany, Tulane ialcuie New Orles ns, La. President W. Doz, 23 Overlook Ave., W. Orange, N. J. = Vice-President ‘Mas. ELste Gipson Waitney, 274 South Main Ave., isco N. Y. — WALTER s. ALLEN, 144-19 35th Ave., Flushing, N>Y. Treasurer = a ve _ Meno, Smithsonian euatitesion, Washington 25, D. C. =e Editor-in-Chief Amprican Fern Journal Vou. 389 _ OcToBER-DECEMBER, 1949 No. 4 ie F ern Vanteiee from Westchester County, New York CHARLES NEIDORF This paper is based on some ten years of intensive fern collecting in lower Westchester County, confined almost entirely to an area not exceeding four square miles near Yonkers, N. Y. Restriction of attention to this one locality was at first primarily a matter of conveni- ence, the area selected being reasonably easily accessible from New York and having the richest fern flora of any known to the writer so close to home. As time went on and more and more variants were found, however, the restriction bécame a matter of policy, the intention be- ing to see how far one could go in bringing to light new or rare fern variants through the sustained application of intensive collecting methods. Whether the self-imposed restrictions have been justified should be decided on the basis of the results achieved. Only those variants are discussed here which have not hitherto been described (or, in one instance, not previously formally published) -and which in the writer’s opinion merit formal recogni- tion. Several other variants of lesser rank, in addition to a number of previously described but rare forms, were also found—and the end is not in sight. That it should still be possible, at this late date, to find new variants of common fern species, particularly in an area so close to. New York’ that it must undoubt- edly have been visited many times by other collectors, The rg is not identified more specifically in order to protect the plan [ Vol. a No. 3, of the JourNat was issued September 29, 1949. ] 97 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL VOLUME 39, PLATE 8 Neme Phozopteris hexagonopters (Esens- Suabaiensionses ’ os Rt Wherr Found BOgSe. "Thompeon Inskdiete prope ole Yonkers, Hasitet Wee Found Sepbeniber 11940 PHEGOPTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA F. TERNATA NEw FERN VARIANTS 99 may come as a surprise—but only to those who do not fully realize how infrequently intensive collecting meth- ods have actually been applied or how blind the un- trained eye can be. Reference to notes and floras pub- lished in preceding volumes of this Journal lends sup- port to the thesis that those few collectors who have been most successful in locating rare or undescribed fern vari- ants have in general followed the same procedure used by the writer, restricting their attention over long periods of time to relatively small areas.? The point which must be emphasized is that what these few have been able to do others can do likewise. If it accomplished nothing else it would be a source of satisfaction to the _ writer if this paper helps to strengthen the conviction in a few receptive minds that the task of bringing to light, and describing, new and legitimate variants is by no means completed. One feature of the collecting methods used merits spe- cial attention. As the result of repeated visits to such a small area it has been possible to re-locate and to re-ex- amine annually many individual plants of several (though unfortunately not all) of the variants herein de- scribed. In effect, then, the area has become a sort of fern garden, making it possible to determine whether a particular variation is random or reappears annually. To be sure, this is not the equivalent of raising the plants from spores. But as far as the former, less rigorous cri- terion is concerned, none of the variants which have been re-located has failed to meet the test. Specimens of Polystichum acrostichoides f. ventro- peraferens, and the forms‘of Onoclea, Osmunda, Poly- podium, and Thelypteris have been deposited in the her- eee eee f E. M. Kittredge in Vermont (this ei 12: 53, oe2; 15: 9 95. eeu 16: 98.108 pf Worse 1929; 20: 124. 1930 es 24: te ve iti JOURNAL, 30: the Ku tztown-Flee 41-49; 89-98. 1940; yey 73. 1941; 32: 38h 100 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL baria of the Fern Society, New York Botanical Garden, and in the Gray Herbarium. PHEGOPTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA forma ternata Neidorf, f. nov. Pinnae infimae magnopere ampliatae, lamina itaque ternata. Lower pinnae strongly enlarged, the blade thus being ternate in outline. Type in U. 8. National Herbarium, collected Sept. 8, 1940. Based on three fronds. Two additional fronds were collected Aug. 10, 1941; not found since then. DIPpLAzIUM THELYPTEROIDES forma cristatum Neidorf, f nov. ; Laminae pinnarumque apices cristati. Apex of the blades and pinnae ecristate. Type in U. 8. National Herbarium, collected August 7, 1941; based on two dwarf sterile plants with all apices cristate. Cristate D. thelypteroides (of normal size) was de- seribed and illustrated, but not named, by W. R. McColl in this Journal (14: 104. 1924). M. R. Sharpe listed Athyrium thelypteroides var. cristatum, without deserip- tion, in this Journal (24: 91. 1934), but this does not constitute formal publication (confirmed in a letter from Mr. C. A. Weatherby dated Sept. 25, 1941). OsMuUNDA CLAYTONIANA forma tomentosa Neidorf, f. nov. A forma typica stipitibus persistenter brunneo-tomen- tosis differt. Differs from f. typica in having the stipe bearing a ses pale-brown tomentum. n U. S, National Herbarium, collected Sept. 28, 1940. This form, although considerably "les frequent than the typical form with glabrous light green stipes from which the woolly tomentum is shed at an early stage, NEw FrErn VARUNTS 101 is so well established in the collecting area (at least four stations) that it seems more than likely it will be found elsewhere. That it has not previously been reported would seem to be the result of insufficient attention be- ing paid to the species. As evidence for this statement it may be pointed out that the writer has been unable to find any reference to the fact that the typical, glabrous- stiped form has glaucous stipes. The bloom is, to be sure, rather slight, but if a living plant is observed in strong oblique light (i.e., with the sun directly overhead) and a finger is run down the lower end of the stipe it will leave an area slightly darker than the untouched por- tion, indicating the presence of a bloom. This character, being at best quite inconspicuous, is not observable in herbarium specimens. On the other hand, f. tomentosa has a pale brown tomentum, persistent throughout the season, covering the stipes (more abundantly on the dor- sal side) and extending up past the lowest 34 pairs of pinnae. In the original station of some 75 plants most of the plants have reddish-brown stipes, the pigmented area being roughly co-extensive with the pale brown tomen- tum; however, plants of this variant in other stations lack this pigmentation, being green throughout. A Hima- layan O. Claytoniana var. vestita (Wall.) Milde is de- scribed by M. L. Fernald* as having ‘‘more abendant, more persistent wool of a strong ferrugineous color.’ The color would seem to indicate that it is distinct from f. tomentosa. THELYPTERIS NOVEBORACENSIS f. excurrens Neidorf, f. nov. Frons apice truncata, rhache in spina parva usque ad 5 mm. longa excurrente. aS Fronds truncate at apex, the 23: 650. 1901. F. rg yar, canadensis Engelm. ex Pfeiffer, Ann. Mo. t. Gard. 9: 184, 1922. The typical phase may be called var. riparia or var. typica, but preferably without varietal anthor-citation. Var. RETICULATA CHARACTER PALMERI Var. AMESII Var. TYPICA Var. ROBBINSII or condition Pn * saccharate f. canadensis Gynospore size: 400-450 u 400-520 u 420-600 u 440-660 u 440-650 u y smooth, with Distinctly granu- Hi ctines ly granu- Rather jagged Jagged crests, ra- ei threadlike lar, mostly r, mostly very crests forming ir- ther disjunct, Gynospore reticulations, crowded (though Se prominen- regular discon- 5 ee formin sculptures Sometimes rather ces, so clo uous ridges and short separated ' ridges, the spore Slightly disjunct ces, <1 of fine Chie pnent reticulations. etween of- o as to f produced into tions in place ten being ver scure crests or she} crests near ooth. granules. omni seural ~. Groton, Mass. Alain White, Box 408, Summerville, South Carolina. CHANGES OF ADDRESS Dr, Fred A. Barkley, Universidad Nacional de leery Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Miguel Lillo 205, Tucuman, Argent: r. William .A. Slater, 503 Market St., Warre en, Pennayvani M Dr. Aravilla M. mie. 207 Main St., Delhi, New Mr. Jack Whitehead, 424 West 69th St, Los Angeles ‘ ' dheadie Miss Muriel Hegwood, School of Biology, University of Virgina, Charlottesville, Va., would appreciate receiving plants or viable spores of ‘Asplewin montanum, 126 AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Index to Volume 39 Adiantum pedatum Allen, ster 8. hisun of Treas- urer, 2 Anchistea, 89, 90 Anemia, Another Station for Asplenium nother Station for Asplenium ebenoides, vee eben- um, a thelypterioides, 18, var. cristatum, 100 i (_ James A New ne ia bility Placed on Ferns, 1 Blechnum, 62; at Py var. fernandezianum, vont Schottii, 62 ale, 5; lanee- i £. angustisegmen- oe "OD: Lunaria, 4, v ense, Maurice, Habit of mbing Fern in West Vircinda, Calamaria riparia, 119; saccha- rata, ea Camptosorus rhizophyllus, 92 Bigs aoe _— eps, 34; argentea, 34; fari 34; : gracillima, 42; Kainlfussth, SOD ruta, 35 Fungi of Mount 2 oyd C, Dryopteris setigera in Atehaia: 124 OB fe cng acon Mg 48; Ste eet: 48 Cultivation of Seott’s Spleenwort, Cya nthe delicatula, 88, 90 Costavtaris fragilis, 8, 42, 45; montana, Dennstaedtia punctilobula, 122, Diplazium big Ake aki 100, f. ristatum, 1 Devotee arieek in Alabama, 124 8, 10, : glandulosa, 12 ; Phegopteris, 11 ; Robe rtiana, 12; setigera, 124; Rainer te be 18; spinul osa, 11, var. dilatata, 11 Effect of Mechanical Injury on Equisetum arvense, 1¢ Emmons, EK, Thayles. Report: of ‘Judge’ of Elections, 29 “123; alaskanum, 54: se ee | 15, 4 15, f. nanu 15; 1D 4. polystachyon, 16, f. pro- liferum, 16, peeudosilvatt T. peahane iy ge 16, B25 sty 51, saxicola, 15; tires, 53, 109: ; icu Evelyn James Winslow, 65 “gies Joseph. Report of Presi- Faust,’ N ” Mildred EB. and Nettie M Seville. A New Sela nella “from Southwestern Sek. Fungi of Monn bagge ag 42 Gasser, G. Horsetail and Horses A Pad 123 Geographic Notes on the Bog Fern, Giauque, F. Ashley. Wax M. Glands and Prothallia, 33 Groff, Mary Emma. Spontaneo Reproduction in Seott’s rend Habitats, oe Climbing Fern in West Virgi 122 Shanon a Horsetail and Horses Again, 123 Horsetail: Bad for Fioxane © ti Fern Journal, Ng cn ams, 4 Irving, F. The Cult vation 0 Seott’s Spleenwort, a INDEX TO VOLUME 39 — riparia and Its Variants, Isoétes, 110; Amesii, 119; cana- * eeetnuletis bi oD 116, 1205 T2222 var. mega 119, 120, t. saccharata, a y saccharata, 86, 111, 11 3-119, ar. Amesii, 133° 114, 119, var. Paiuiert, 113, 119, var. reticulata, E13; 118, 119°; Tuckermanii, 115 Kane, Florence B. Horsetail : Bad for ereae 59 Lady-fern, i. La — * ; pseudomas var. cris- Locane Looser, ereecr erio. Los Blechnum (Filices) de Chile (Review), 62 ete os 0 Lycopodium alpinum, 56; no- tinum, , var. pungens, 55; clavatum var, onostachyon, 56; complanatum, 57; obscurum var. dendroideum, 55; lago 54, v: County, Lygodium palmatum, ag ae 123 MeGregor, R. L. and W Horr. pg cia rupestris in Pars b Microsehizaea 60 Morton, C. V. Index of Illustra- Soak American Fern Journal Volumes 1-38, Neidorf, Charles. New Fern Vari Pd clisngsier coanty. s from ee ter ounce’ lee York, New oy of Brownstem elowir wor 92 New “feesponsibitity Placed on from South Notes on Isoétes in Maryland, 86 tae Rage Asche rniana, os fornica, ‘gg 34, 35 3 34, 35: dealbata, 34; Ga aleottii, 33+ a sh ent G reggil, 34; Lemmonii limitan 34; neglecta, 33 *Standlext “33, 34, 35; tricho: Oak-fern. ay 8 bs, 86; sonii, 33 85. sige Mutations ae Wat- in Polypodium Spontaneous Reproduction in Seott’s Spleenwort, 93 Steil, W. ome Mutations in Polypodium aureum gros A ha Rage iets in’ Pteridium struthiopteri ES cig rum, 9 Study of Apospory in Pteridium guinea, it: Svenson, Henry K. Report of AMERICAN FERN JOURNAL Auditing Committee, 29 Tetrick, R. M., IL A New F of Br ownstem Spleenw Thelypteris rps boracensis f. currens, 1 Trichomanes aiatoul, 213 Reulfus- ps i 8 Wax Glands ee Prothallia, 33 C: Two Weatherby, Mexican Ferns, 88 Wherry, Edgar TT. Geographic Notes on the Bog eo Bas jhitney, Elsie 4G. of Secretary, ye bey ey, Farida Ferns of the Meviiengtersi Tnited States (Re- view), 61 Woodsia, 23; alpina, 6, 7; Bellii, y Se giabelia, ” Gly ents, Bi mancharieness, a obtusa, 92; scopulina, 4 Woodwardia areolata, 90; hin- chinensis, 90; Harland, “90; japonica, 9 88, 89, 90; radicans, 89, 90: spi- nulosa, 89; virginica, 89, 90, : ERRATUM Page 22, line 9 from bottom: For 57, read 67. MEMBERSHIP Including Bulletin and Torreya, $5.00 a year PUBLICATIONS Bulletin. Monthly, except July, ae end Pega te Mer lished 1870. Peles $7.00 a year; single numbe retorts a has been inciude as a part of the B See se : Manuscripts i Bul jetin or Torreya — AROLD KETT, Editor, The New York awe Garden, eee Park (Fordham Bianeh Pr 0.), New York — ity. ore irs, Occasional, established 1889. Price, $3.00 fo. $5.00 a vo! Sehaceibiiads and other AE ek communications: should be addressed te the Treasurer, Dr. Elva Lawton » Hunter bie 695 Park New York 21, N. ¥. 2S CASTANEA _ Published by the i. Devoted to the botany of the » iterating obaseeons —S THE BRYOLOGIST PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN BRYOLOGICAL SOCIETY The only eee in English wholly ea to —_. Pada gore and Lichen Bi. CHES = illustrated; for the beginu Er for the -ariac ootie onal, Yearly subscription in td United ‘States § ‘$2. ovine of membership in the SULLIVANT MOSS SOCIETY, with Pe ree ce of Cu irators for peyiauers: gery. Address Dr. WINONA 1 nae baer DeParw See, Greencastle, Indiana, ana, A. SHARP, University of ‘Tennessee, “ meee eases: pe: _ PLANTS and GARDENS fo ee ae Non-technical Journal Soshete ent. Gasrtesty by the ee eye ns Brooklyn Bota Voi. sae we ‘Rhododendrons and Azaleas of af sleniicant articles from the horticultural litera- ‘ture of the =. aces Tics a 5 Periodical Record of Investigations in : Heredity and ¥Variation ae eo an ing Editor: ‘Curt STERN, Univ. of California _ Esfablished 1916. Bi-monthly. Subscripti tion _ a year for complete Pe Ganuary-November). ‘Foreign post ts iti oe 2 copies $1 postpaid. As available, Volumes 1 to 6 may t , and the later volumes t $7.50 each, postpaid. , BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN a> ve., Brooklyn 25, 25, N. ¥., USA eS.